174
University of Plymouth Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook INT 20-21 Page 1 of 174 Last Saved: 18/11/2020 ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK 2020-21 BSc(Hons)Business Management

ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    1

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

University of Plymouth Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook INT 20-21 Page 1 of 174 Last Saved: 18/11/2020

ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY

HANDBOOK 2020-21

BSc(Hons)Business

Management

Page 2: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

University of Plymouth Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook INT 20-21 Page 2 of 174 Last Saved: 18/11/2020

Contents

Contents

Welcome and Introduction .......................................................................................................... 3

Programme Specification ............................................................................................................ 4

Module Records ........................................................................................................................ 35

Page 3: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 3 of 188

Welcome and Introduction

Welcome to BSc Business Management delivered at Athens by BCA.

This programme has been created in order to address the industry’s multiple needs and to prepare you for a successful career in the contemporary business world. It offers you the opportunity to tailor your education by studying a variety of modules all of which are designed with the aim to be academically rigorous and, at the same time, market oriented. You should gain knowledge and develop new skills and competencies on management, human resources, marketing, accounting and finance, project management, international and European business and entrepreneurship & innovation. Overall, the BSc in Business Management allows you to comprehend the complex conditions that prevail in the modern corporate environment. Apart from providing you with knowledge regarding the operation of key business functions, it also develops a strategic entrepreneurial perspective regarding business activities and planning. Furthermore, it empowers your analysis and diagnostic capability in order for you to become a positive contributor in the life of the organisations you will be a member of. Your learning will be strongly supported by your tutors as we place a great emphasis on ensuring that you adapt studying at BCA as quickly as possible and you are able to get the most out of your degree programme. On behalf of all the teaching staff, we wish you all the best in your studies.

This Programme Quality handbook contains important information including: The approved programme specification Module records Note: The information in this handbook should be read in conjunction with the current edition of:

• Your University Student Institution Handbook which contains student support based information on issues such as finance and studying at HE available at: https://ilearn.bca.edu.gr

• Your Module Guides available at: https://ilearn.bca.edu.gr

• Your University of Plymouth Student Handbook available at: https://www.plymouth.ac.uk/your-university/governance/student-handbook

• Your BCA College Student Handbook available at: https://ilearn.bca.edu.gr/

Page 4: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 4 of 188

Programme Specification

Programme Title: BSc(Hons) Business Management (Note: a separate programme specification is required for embedded programmes, i.e. HNC etc)

Partner Delivering Institution: BCA (Business College of Athens) Start Date: First Award Date: 2020-2021 Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document: N/A This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education1. The information provided, by the programme proposer, in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval. Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth University’s procedures for making changes to partnership programmes2.

1QAA, 2011, Chapter A3: The Programme Level, UK Quality Code for Higher Education: http://www.qaa.ac.uk/en/Publications/Documents/quality-code-A3.pdf , last accessed 28th July 2014 [n.b. this includes ‘Appendix 2: Working with programme specifications: A leaflet for further education colleges’] 2 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance.

Page 5: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 5 of 188

1. Programme Details

Awarding Institution: University of Plymouth

Partner Institution and delivery site (s): BCA, Athens (Greece)

Accrediting Body: N/A

Language of Study: Levels 3 & 4: English or Greek, Levels 5 & 6: English

Mode of Study: Full Time / Part Time

Final Award: BSc(Hons) Business Management

Intermediate Award: Exit Awards: Ordinary degree BSc Business Management – 320 credits; Certificate of HE Business Management – 120 credits; Diploma of HE Business Management – 240 credits, as per University Regulations.

Programme Title: BSc(Hons) Business Management

UCAS Code: N/A

JACS Code: N/A

Benchmarks: QAA Subject Benchmark: Business and Management

Date of Programme Approval: June 2015

2. Brief Description of the Programme This text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx.. 200-250 words): The BSc(Hons) in Business Management is a four-year undergraduate programme aimed at preparing students for a successful career in business by providing them with a well-rounded foundation. Students will gain knowledge and develop new competencies with regard to the policy and practice of management, human resource management, marketing, accounting and finance, strategy, project management, international and European business and entrepreneurship and innovation. The programme offers students the opportunity to tailor their education by studying a variety of modules all of which are designed with the aim to be academically rigorous and, at the same time, market oriented. Overall, successful graduates should possess the desirable skill-set and qualifications valued by the industry and a solid foundation for further postgraduate study. Applicants to the programme will normally be expected to meet all entry requirements of the programme. When an applicant narrowly fails to meet the

Page 6: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 6 of 188

programme’s entry requirements for level 3 they may still be considered for a conditional admission. An example condition could be that the applicant tries a couple of modules at the level. Should they be successful in those modules, they may be then given unconditional admission status.

3. Details of Accreditation by a Professional/Statutory Body (if

appropriate)

N/A

4. Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations

(Note: Plymouth University’s Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet: https://staff.plymouth.ac.uk//extexam/academicregs/intranet.htm ) All Plymouth University Regulations will apply to this programme. A minor exception refers to the use of 10 credit modules at BCA for reasons ranging from ensuring recognition of professional rights of its graduates to making it more marketable. In Greece recognition of professional rights of EU degree holders requires a mapping exercise of the programme syllabus run at the college with a respective programme syllabus in Greek state universities. Greek state universities offer 4 year programmes with a total number of modules ranging from 40 to 50. By including 10 credit modules in the programme, the number of modules as well as the content of the programme makes it comparable with similar programmes offered by Greek state universities, and thus, recognition of professional rights of its graduates will be safeguarded. Moreover, it is expected that such an approach will enhance the marketing potential of the programme. In the current economic conditions in Greece such an approach will grant the college a competitive advantage as, among other things, the number of the modules offered is thought of and will be marketed as value-adding. In year referrals will be offered to students over Easter for the Autumn Semester and over the summer vacation period for the Spring Semester.

5. Programme Aims For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management theories, frameworks and concepts, as

well as specialist areas (e.g. entrepreneurship). A2: A critical evaluation of the role and activities of management in contemporary

businesses. A3: Contemporary teaching and assessment techniques which will enable critical

thinking & analytic problem-solving. A4: Development of students' employability opportunities by emphasising the

linkages between theory and practice.

Page 7: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 7 of 188

A5: The skill-set required to further a career in various areas of business management.

For the BSc Ordinary degree in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management theories, frameworks and concepts. A2: A critical evaluation of the role and activities of management in contemporary

businesses. A3: Contemporary teaching and assessment techniques which will enable critical

thinking & analytic problem-solving. A4: Development of students' employability opportunities by emphasising the

linkages between theory and practice. A5: The skill-set required to further a career in various areas of business

management. For the DipHE in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge of well-established management theories and concepts. A2: An evaluation of the role and activities of management in contemporary

businesses. A3: Contemporary teaching and assessment techniques which will enable the

identification and delivery of solutions to business problems. A4: Development of students' employability opportunities by emphasising the

linkages between theory and practice. A5: The skill-set required to further a career in various areas of business

management. For the CertHE in Business Management, the programme will deliver:

A1: Broad knowledge of the principles which underpin the operation of key business functions.

A2: An analysis of the role and activities of management in contemporary businesses.

A3: Contemporary teaching and assessment techniques which will enable identification of business problems and research for relevant information.

A4: Development of students' employability opportunities by emphasising the linkages between theory and practice.

A5: The skill-set required to further a career in various areas of business management.

6. Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the student will be able to:

ILO1: Demonstrate deep and systematic understanding of business concepts, theories and contemporary developments in the field of business management, as well as in-depth knowledge on specialist areas.

ILO2: Integrate knowledge and understanding of the role of different organisational actors in the formulation of business strategies and plans.

ILO3: Analyse and synthesise knowledge and information, and combine with creative thinking in order to provide novel solutions tailored to the needs of any business in a coherent manner.

Page 8: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 8 of 188

ILO4: Self-reflect and use others’ feedback to analyse his/her capabilities and skills in problem-solving, self-management, and decision-making, as well as be adaptive to change.

ILO5: Work effectively with multiple teams, adopt leadership positions, negotiate in a professional context and be proactive in managing conflict.

ILO6: Exhibit awareness of personal responsibility, incorporate professional codes of conduct in his/her practice, and manage implications of ethical dilemmas.

By the end of the BSc Ordinary degree in Business Management, the student will be able

to:

ILO1: Demonstrate deep and systematic understanding of business concepts, theories and contemporary developments in the field of business management.

ILO2: Evaluate the role of different organisational actors in the formulation of business strategies and plans.

ILO3: Analyse and synthesise knowledge and information, and combine with creative thinking in order to provide novel solutions to issues concerning multiple areas of business and management.

ILO4: Self-reflect and use others’ feedback to analyse his/her capabilities and skills in problem-solving, self-management, and decision-making, as well as plan and implement relevant actions.

ILO5: Work effectively within a team, support and be proactive in leadership, negotiate in a professional context and manage conflict.

ILO6: Exhibit awareness of personal responsibility and professional codes of conduct, and incorporate them in his/her practice.

By the end of the DipHE in Business Management, the student will be able to:

ILO1: Demonstrate detailed knowledge of well-established management theories and concepts.

ILO2: Analyse the role of different organisational actors in the formulation of business tactics.

ILO3: Collect and synthesise information from various sources, and provide solutions to problems concerning key areas of business and management.

ILO4: Assess his/her own capabilities and skills in problem-solving, self-management, and decision-making and use others’ feedback to adopt relevant actions.

ILO5: Interact effectively within a team, giving and receiving ideas and information, and recognise possible areas of conflict.

ILO6: Exhibit awareness of personal responsibility and professional codes of conduct.

By the end of the CertHE in Business Management, the student will be able to: ILO1: Demonstrate a broad understanding of the principles which underpin the

operation of key business functions. ILO2: Comprehend the role of different organisational actors in the formulation of

business tactics. ILO3: Collect information from a variety of authoritative sources, and support

solutions to standard issues concerning fundamental areas of business and management.

Page 9: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 9 of 188

ILO4: Exhibit awareness of his/her own capabilities and skills in problem-solving, self-management, and decision-making.

ILO5: Work effectively within a team and recognise the factors that affect team performance.

ILO6: Demonstrate awareness of ethical issues and discuss them in relation to personal beliefs and values.

7. Distinctive Features

This text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation:

1. Emphasis on employability: The programme places great emphasis on

improving students’ employability opportunities by developing both business-

specific (e.g. formulating a business plan, conduct financial statement analysis)

and generic (e.g. presentation, effective team-working, leadership) skills and

competencies.

2. Guest Lectures/Seminars/Workshops and Case Studies: In order to

emphasize the practical application of business management concepts and

theories, the programme puts great importance to the use of updated case studies

and the expertise brought in by business professionals (in the form of guest

lectures, seminars, and workshops).

3. Educational trips and outdoor activities: During the programme, participants

will have several opportunities to take part in educational activities such as visits

to various organisations (e.g. advertising boutiques, consultancy companies, etc.).

4. Teaching methods: The programme includes various teaching methods -apart

from traditional lectures- in order to address multiple needs (research-based

teaching, seminars & workshops from professionals, mentoring and consultation,

etc.)

5. Foreign languages: The programme offers participants the opportunity to learn a

foreign language (selection among languages that are much appreciated by the

industry).

6. Language taught: Levels 3 & 4 are offered both in Greek and English.

7. Full-Time and Part-Time mode of study: Applicants for the BSc(Hons) in

Business Management programme may apply either as full-time or part-time

students. Both modes of study have the same standards, aims, and objectives.

Participants initially admitted to the part-time programme may transfer to the full-

time programme, as early as their 2nd semester.

Page 10: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 10 of 188

8. Spring Semester Entry: Applicants may enter the programme in the Spring

semester. However, they will only attend modules which do not have any

prerequisites.

9. Optional modules: The programme offers participants the opportunity to select a

range of optional modules and hence enhance their knowledge in multiple areas

and disciplines.

8. Student Numbers

The following provides information that should be considered nominal, and therefore not absolutely rigid, but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience, functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning: Minimum student numbers per stage = 8 Target student numbers per stage = 50

Maximum student numbers per stage = As the programme grows in popularity, the college will ensure there are sufficient administrative, professional and academic staff, and other resources required to meet the increased needs at all times.

9. Progression Route(s)

Approved ‘progression route(s)’ are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme. This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ‘top-up’ to complete a Bachelor degree, but may be employed for other award types. This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award; however progression opportunity, if not available in the first year of application, is guaranteed within 3-years. Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk. It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme. For progression to Plymouth University, should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found. This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University. Graduates will be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate master’s programmes. The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations.

Page 11: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 11 of 188

10. Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme:

Details:

Entry requirements at foundation year / level 3

All applicants should normally possess an Apolytirion of at least 12 or IB Diploma or equivalent. However, we would welcome students to apply who have an Apolytirion of less than 12 provided that their marks on relevant subjects achieved prior to the panhellenic exams in the final year of schooling are at the level of 12 or above. Interviews will be conducted and applicants will be considered for their overall ability to attend the programme alongside all the above grades. Those who wish to attend our undergraduate programmes in English are required to submit one of the following certifications:

− IELTS: a minimum score of 5.0 (with a minimum score of 4.5 in each component of the test)

− Cambridge English: Proficiency (CPE): Pass at C1 level and above

− Cambridge English: Advanced(CAE): Pass at B2 level and above

− Cambridge English: First(FCE): Grade C or above

− Examination for the Certificate of Proficiency in English (ECPE): P( Pass) and above

− Examination for the Certificate of Competency in English (ECCE): P( Pass) and above

− Pearson Academic: 42 (with a minimum score of 40 in each component of the test)

− BCA IELTS Placement Test: a minimum score of 5.0 (with a minimum score of 4.5 in each component of the test)

Other English language qualifications may be considered.

Entry/ continuation requirements at level 4

Applicants can be admitted to the second year of undergraduate studies (Level 4) as long as the grade of their high school certificate (apolytirion) is 17 or above. Those who wish to attend second year modules in English should also submit one of the following certifications:

− IELTS: a minimum score of 6.0 (with a minimum score of 5.5 in each component of the test)

− Cambridge English: Proficiency (CPE): Pass at C1 level

− Cambridge English: Advanced (CAE): C and above

− Cambridge English: First (FCE): B and above

− Examination for the Certificate of Proficiency in English (ECPE): P( Pass) and above

− Pearson Academic (PTE): 53 (with a minimum score of 51 in

Page 12: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 12 of 188

each component of the test)

− BCA IELTS Placement Test: a minimum score of 6.0 (with a minimum score of 5.5 in each component of the test)

Other English language qualifications may be considered. International Baccalaureate Diploma Graduates Applicants can be admitted to the second year of undergraduate studies ( Level 4) as long as the grade of their Diploma is 28 and above including at least 15 at higher level. IB students meet the English language entry requirements if they attain a minimum of 4 points in English at higher level. Those who do not have at least 4 points in English and wish to attend second year modules in English should also submit one of the following certifications:

− IELTS: a minimum score of 6.0 (with a minimum score of 5.5 in each component of the test)

− Cambridge English: Proficiency (CPE): Pass at C1 level

− Cambridge English: Advanced (CAE): C and above

− Cambridge English: First (FCE): B and above

− Examination for the Certificate of Proficiency in English (ECPE): P( Pass) and above

− Pearson Academic (PTE): 53 (with a minimum score of 51 in each component of the test)

− BCA IELTS Placement Test: a minimum score of 6.0 (with a minimum score of 5.5 in each component of the test)

Other English language qualifications may be considered.

Progression from level 4 (taught in Greek) to level 5 (taught in English)

Successful completion of level 4 plus students should also submit one of the following English language certifications:

− IELTS: a minimum score of 6.0 (with a minimum score of 5.5 in each component of the test)

− Cambridge English: Proficiency (CPE): Pass at C1 level

− Cambridge English: Advanced (CAE): C and above

− Cambridge English: First (FCE): B and above

− Examination for the Certificate of Proficiency in English (ECPE): P( Pass) and above

− Pearson Academic (PTE): 53 (with a minimum score of 51 in each component of the test)

− BCA IELTS Placement Test: a minimum score of 6.0 (with a minimum score of 5.5 in each component of the test)

Other English language qualifications may be considered.

Work Experience: Relevant experience may be considered accordingly.

Other HE qualifications / non-standard awards or experiences:

May be considered during application process.

Page 13: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 13 of 188

APEL / APCL3 possibilities:

Will be considered on an individual basis and according to the university academic regulations.

Interview / Portfolio requirements:

Interviews may be employed.

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) / Criminal Record Bureau (CRB) clearance required:

No

11. Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement

The Programme Manager (or other descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the following of Plymouth University’s annual programme monitoring process (APM), as titled at the time of approval. APM culminates in the production, maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan, which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards. Any formally agreed change to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme Manager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee. Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders. For this definitive document it is important to define: Subject External Examiner(s): All assessments are covered by the relevant module external examiner. Additional stakeholders specific to this programme: N/A

3 Accredited Prior Experiential Learning and Accredited Prior Certificated Learning

Page 14: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2015-16 Page 14 of 174

Last saved: 14/04/2015

PS1. Programme Structure4

For programmes containing more than one FHEQ level of study: copy and paste the table below as required (hover the mouse over the table then left-click on the box in the top left corner to highlight the table → right-click → copy → select a line at least one further than the bottom of this table → right-click and select ‘paste – keep formatting’ For users employing pre-2010 versions of MS Word the text entry box guidance will not be visible. Please see footnotes for guidance. The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme for Autumn semester (October) entry students:

FHEQ level: 3 For: BSc(Hons) in Business Management Full Time

F/T Route Year When in Year? (i.e. Autumn, Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

F/T 1

Yearlong Core 20 GBCA005 English Language and Study Skills A – 1 or GBCA006 English Language and Study Skills B – 2

Autumn Core 20 GBCA002 Introduction to Business

Autumn Core 10 GBCA003 IT Skills

Autumn Core 20 GBCA004 Introduction to Economics

Spring Core 10 GBCA013 Quantitative Skills

Spring Core 20 GBCA001 Intro to Accounting and Finance

Spring Core 20 GBCA012 Intro to Marketing and Communications

FHEQ level: 4 For: BSc(Hons) in Business Management Full Time

F/T Route Year When in Year? (i.e. Autumn, Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

F/T 2 Yearlong Core 20 GBCA112 Academic English and Personal Development A or GBCA113 Academic English and Personal Development B

4 The provided table includes only a single line. This should be multiplied by copying and pasting to produce the correct number of modules for the level of the

programme. For ease of consideration and clarity, please include a separate table for each level by again copying and pasting this table. Colour coding/ shading may be used to differentiate between new modules and existing approved modules shared with other programmes.

Page 15: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 15 of 174

Autumn Core 10 GBCA122 Quantitative Analysis

Autumn Core 10 GBCA106 Management

Autumn Core 10 GBCA100 Accounting for Business

Autumn Core 10 GBCA108 Economics for Business I

Spring Core 10 GBCA105 Business Law

Spring Core 10 GBCA121 Principles of Marketing

Spring Core 10 GBCA107 Organisational Behaviour GBCA101

Spring Core 10 GBCA109 Economics for Business II

Optional Modules (20 credits)

Yearlong Option (any mix)

20 GBCA128 Chinese I or GBCA129 Russian I or GBCA130 Spanish I

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA120 Media, Communications, and Technology

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA101 Business Finance GBCA107

FHEQ level: 5 For: BSc(Hons) in Business Management Full Time

F/T Route Year When in Year? (i.e. Autumn, Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

F/T 3

Autumn Core 20 GBCA209 Enterprise and Innovation

Autumn Core 20 GBCA227 Consumer Psychology and Buyer Behaviour

Autumn Core 10 GBCA213GBCA213 People Management

Autumn Core 10 GBCA215 Research Methods for Business

Spring Core 10 GBCA206 Management and Cost Accounting

Spring Core 10 GBCA214 Project Management

Spring Core 10 GBCA210 International Business

Optional Modules (30 credits)

Yearlong Option (any mix) 20 GBCA236 Chinese II or GBCA237 Russian II or GBCA238 Spanish II

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA211 Management Information Systems

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA204 Financial Markets and Instruments I

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA216 Web Design and Online Communication

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA228 IMC and Branding

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA203 Financial Management

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA212 Operation Management

FHEQ level: 6 For: BSc(Hons) in Business Management Full Time

Page 16: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 16 of 174

F/T Route Year When in Year? (i.e. Autumn, Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

F/T 4

Autumn Core 10 GBCA319 Strategic Management

Spring Core 10 GBCA310 Business Ethics and CSR

Spring Core

20 GBCA311 Contemporary Issues in Business Management

Optional Modules (80 credits)

Yearlong Option (any mix) 20 GBCA355 Chinese III or GBCA356 Russian III or GBCA357 Spanish III

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA338 Services Management

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA313 Managing Change

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA312 Innovation and Business Modeling

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA318 Startup Business Project

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA317 Startup Business Financing

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA339 Strategic Marketing Planning

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA335 Advertising: Creativity from Brief to Production

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA314 Negotiations

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA315 New Product and Service Development

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA316 Social Entrepreneurship

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA337 International Marketing

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA336 Digital Marketing Tools

FHEQ level: 3 For: BSc(Hons) in Business Management Part Time

P/T Route Year When in Year? (i.e. Autumn, Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

P/T 1

Yearlong Core 20 GBCA005 English Language and Study Skills A – 1 or GBCA006 English Language and Study Skills B – 2

Autumn Core 20 GBCA002 Introduction to Business

Spring Core 10 GBCA013 Quantitative Skills

P/T 2

Autumn Core 10 GBCA003 IT Skills

Autumn Core 20 GBCA004 Introduction to Economics

Spring Core 20 GBCA001 Intro to Accounting and Finance

Spring Core 20 GBCA012 Intro to Marketing and Communications

Page 17: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 17 of 174

FHEQ level: 4 For: BSc(Hons) in Business Management Part Time

P/T Route Year When in Year? (i.e. Autumn, Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

P/T 3

Yearlong Core 20 GBCA112 Academic English and Personal Development A or GBCA113 Academic English and Personal Development B

Autumn Core 10 GBCA122 Quantitative Analysis

Autumn Core 10 GBCA106 Management

Spring Core 10 GBCA105 Business Law

Spring Core 10 GBCA121 Principles of Marketing

P/T 4

Autumn Core 10 GBCA100 Accounting for Business

Autumn Core 10 GBCA108 Economics for Business I

Spring Core 10 GBCA107 Organisational Behaviour GBCA101

Spring Core 10 GBCA109 Economics for Business II

Optional Modules (20 credits)

Yearlong Option (any mix)

20 GBCA128 Chinese I or GBCA129 Russian I or GBCA130 Spanish I

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA120 Media, Communications, and Technology

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA101 Business Finance GBCA107

FHEQ level: 5 For: BSc(Hons) in Business Management Part Time

P/T Route Year When in Year? (i.e. Autumn, Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

P/T 5

Autumn Core 20 GBCA209 Enterprise and Innovation

Autumn Core 20 GBCA227 Consumer Psychology and Buyer Behaviour

Autumn Core 10 GBCA213GBCA213 People Management

Spring Core 10 GBCA214 Project Management

Spring Core 10 GBCA206 Management and Cost Accounting

P/T 6

Autumn Core 10 GBCA215 Research Methods for Business

Spring Core 10 GBCA210 International Business

Optional Modules (30 credits)

Yearlong Option (any mix) 20 GBCA236 Chinese II or GBCA237 Russian II or GBCA238 Spanish II

Page 18: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 18 of 174

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA211 Management Information Systems

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA204 Financial Markets and Instruments I

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA216 Web Design and Online Communication

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA228 IMC and Branding

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA203 Financial Management

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA212 Operation Management

FHEQ level: 6 For: BSc(Hons) in Business Management Part Time

P/T Route Year When in Year? (i.e. Autumn, Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

P/T 7

Autumn Core 10 GBCA319 Strategic Management

Spring Core 10 GBCA310 Business Ethics and CSR

Optional Modules (30 credits)

Yearlong Option (any mix) 20 GBCA355 Chinese III or GBCA356 Russian III or GBCA357 Spanish III

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA338 Services Management

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA313 Managing Change

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA312 Innovation and Business Modeling

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA318 Startup Business Project

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA317 Startup Business Financing

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA339 Strategic Marketing Planning

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA335 Advertising: Creativity from Brief to Production

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA314 Negotiations

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA315 New Product and Service Development

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA316 Social Entrepreneurship

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA337 International Marketing

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA336 Digital Marketing Tools

P/T 8

Spring Core

20 GBCA311 Contemporary Issues in Business Management

Optional Modules (50 credits)

Yearlong Option (any mix) 20 GBCA355 Chinese III or GBCA356 Russian III or GBCA357 Spanish III

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA338 Services Management

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA313 Managing Change

Page 19: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 19 of 174

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA312 Innovation and Business Modeling

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA318 Startup Business Project

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA317 Startup Business Financing

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA339 Strategic Marketing Planning

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA335 Advertising: Creativity from Brief to Production

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA314 Negotiations

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA315 New Product and Service Development

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA316 Social Entrepreneurship

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA337 International Marketing

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA336 Digital Marketing Tools

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme for Spring semester (February) entry students:

FHEQ level: 3 For: BSc(Hons) in Business Management Full Time

F/T Route Year When in Year? (i.e. Autumn, Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

F/T 1 Spring Core 10 GBCA013 Quantitative Skills

Spring Core 20 GBCA012 Intro to Marketing and Communications

F/T 2

Yearlong Core 20 GBCA005 English Language and Study Skills A – 1 or GBCA006 English Language and Study Skills B – 2

Autumn Core 20 GBCA002 Introduction to Business

Autumn Core 10 GBCA003 IT Skills

Autumn Core 20 GBCA004 Introduction to Economics

Spring Core 20 GBCA001 Intro to Accounting and Finance

FHEQ level: 4 For: BSc(Hons) in Business Management Full Time

F/T Route Year When in Year? (i.e. Autumn, Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

F/T 3

Yearlong Core 20 GBCA112 Academic English and Personal Development A or GBCA113 Academic English and Personal Development B

Autumn Core 10 GBCA122 Quantitative Analysis

Autumn Core 10 GBCA106 Management

Autumn Core 10 GBCA100 Accounting for Business

Autumn Core 10 GBCA108 Economics for Business I

Page 20: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 20 of 174

Spring Core 10 GBCA105 Business Law

Spring Core 10 GBCA121 Principles of Marketing

Spring Core 10 GBCA107 Organisational Behaviour GBCA101

Spring Core 10 GBCA109 Economics for Business II

Optional Modules (20 credits)

Yearlong Option (any mix)

20 GBCA128 Chinese I or GBCA129 Russian I or GBCA130 Spanish I

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA120 Media, Communications, and Technology

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA101 Business Finance GBCA107

FHEQ level: 5 For: BSc(Hons) in Business Management Full Time

F/T Route Year When in Year? (i.e. Autumn, Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

F/T 4

Autumn Core 20 GBCA209 Enterprise and Innovation

Autumn Core 20 GBCA227 Consumer Psychology and Buyer Behaviour

Autumn Core 10 GBCA213GBCA213 People Management

Autumn Core 10 GBCA215 Research Methods for Business

Spring Core 10 GBCA206 Management and Cost Accounting

Spring Core 10 GBCA214 Project Management

Spring Core 10 GBCA210 International Business

Optional Modules (30 credits)

Yearlong Option (any mix) 20 GBCA236 Chinese II or GBCA237 Russian II or GBCA238 Spanish II

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA211 Management Information Systems

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA204 Financial Markets and Instruments I

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA216 Web Design and Online Communication

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA228 IMC and Branding

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA203 Financial Management

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA212 Operation Management

FHEQ level: 6 For: BSc(Hons) in Business Management Full Time

F/T Route Year When in Year? (i.e. Autumn, Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

F/T 5 Autumn Core 10 GBCA319 Strategic Management

Page 21: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 21 of 174

Spring Core 10 GBCA310 Business Ethics and CSR

Spring Core

20 GBCA311 Contemporary Issues in Business Management

Optional Modules (80 credits)

Yearlong Option (any mix) 20 GBCA355 Chinese III or GBCA356 Russian III or GBCA357 Spanish III

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA338 Services Management

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA313 Managing Change

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA312 Innovation and Business Modeling

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA318 Startup Business Project

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA317 Startup Business Financing

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA339 Strategic Marketing Planning

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA335 Advertising: Creativity from Brief to Production

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA314 Negotiations

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA315 New Product and Service Development

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA316 Social Entrepreneurship

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA337 International Marketing

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA336 Digital Marketing Tools

FHEQ level: 3 For: BSc(Hons) in Business Management Part Time

P/T Route Year When in Year? (i.e. Autumn, Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

P/T 1 Spring Core 20 GBCA012 Intro to Marketing and Communications

Spring Core 10 GBCA013 Quantitative Skills

P/T 2

Yearlong Core 20 GBCA005 English Language and Study Skills A – 1 or GBCA006 English Language and Study Skills B – 2

Autumn Core 10 GBCA003 IT Skills

Autumn Core 20 GBCA004 Introduction to Economics

Autumn Core 20 GBCA002 Introduction to Business

Spring Core 20 GBCA001 Intro to Accounting and Finance

FHEQ level: 4 For: BSc(Hons) in Business Management Part Time

P/T Route Year When in Year? (i.e. Autumn,

Core or Option Module Credits Module

Page 22: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 22 of 174

Spring etc)

P/T 3

Yearlong Core 20 GBCA112 Academic English and Personal Development A or GBCA113 Academic English and Personal Development B

Autumn Core 10 GBCA122 Quantitative Analysis

Autumn Core 10 GBCA106 Management

Spring Core 10 GBCA105 Business Law

Spring Core 10 GBCA121 Principles of Marketing

P/T 4

Autumn Core 10 GBCA100 Accounting for Business

Autumn Core 10 GBCA108 Economics for Business I

Spring Core 10 GBCA107 Organisational Behaviour GBCA101

Spring Core 10 GBCA109 Economics for Business II

Optional Modules (20 credits)

Yearlong Option (any mix)

20 GBCA128 Chinese I or GBCA129 Russian I or GBCA130 Spanish I

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA120 Media, Communications, and Technology

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA101 Business Finance GBCA107

FHEQ level: 5 For: BSc(Hons) in Business Management Part Time

P/T Route Year When in Year? (i.e. Autumn, Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

P/T 5

Autumn Core 20 GBCA209 Enterprise and Innovation

Autumn Core 20 GBCA227 Consumer Psychology and Buyer Behaviour

Autumn Core 10 GBCA213GBCA213 People Management

Spring Core 10 GBCA214 Project Management

Spring Core 10 GBCA206 Management and Cost Accounting

P/T 6

Autumn Core 10 GBCA215 Research Methods for Business

Spring Core 10 GBCA210 International Business

Optional Modules (30 credits)

Yearlong Option (any mix) 20 GBCA236 Chinese II or GBCA237 Russian II or GBCA238 Spanish II

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA211 Management Information Systems

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA204 Financial Markets and Instruments I

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA216 Web Design and Online Communication

Page 23: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 23 of 174

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA228 IMC and Branding

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA203 Financial Management

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA212 Operation Management

FHEQ level: 6 For: BSc(Hons) in Business Management Part Time

P/T Route Year When in Year? (i.e. Autumn, Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

P/T 7

Autumn Core 10 GBCA319 Strategic Management

Spring Core 10 GBCA310 Business Ethics and CSR

Optional Modules (30 credits)

Yearlong Option (any mix) 20 GBCA355 Chinese III or GBCA356 Russian III or GBCA357 Spanish III

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA338 Services Management

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA313 Managing Change

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA312 Innovation and Business Modeling

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA318 Startup Business Project

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA317 Startup Business Financing

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA339 Strategic Marketing Planning

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA335 Advertising: Creativity from Brief to Production

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA314 Negotiations

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA315 New Product and Service Development

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA316 Social Entrepreneurship

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA337 International Marketing

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA336 Digital Marketing Tools

P/T 8

Spring Core

20 GBCA311 Contemporary Issues in Business Management

Optional Modules (50 credits)

Yearlong Option (any mix) 20 GBCA355 Chinese III or GBCA356 Russian III or GBCA357 Spanish III

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA338 Services Management

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA313 Managing Change

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA312 Innovation and Business Modeling

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA318 Startup Business Project

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA317 Startup Business Financing

Page 24: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 24 of 174

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA339 Strategic Marketing Planning

Autumn Option (any mix) 10 GBCA335 Advertising: Creativity from Brief to Production

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA314 Negotiations

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA315 New Product and Service Development

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA316 Social Entrepreneurship

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA337 International Marketing

Spring Option (any mix) 10 GBCA336 Digital Marketing Tools

12. Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes, Teaching & Learning and Assessment5

Developing graduate attributes and skills, at any level of HE, is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalized. The interrelated factors of Teaching, Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature, are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods, as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme. Ordered by graduate attributes and skills, the following table provides a map of the above, plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each. Therefore, subsequent to the initial completion for approval, maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important:

FHEQ level: 3

Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy / Methods

Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments

Related Core Modules

Knowledge / Understanding: QAA Subject Benchmark: Business and Management (3.2, 3.5, 3,7) & FHEQ (33)

Primary: Students will acquire knowledge and understanding of key theories, terminology and practices through a combination of lectures, seminars, and tutorials. Secondary/Supplementary:

A1 ILO1

Unseen written test and examination, individual and group essay & report, oral assessment and presentation

GBCA002, GBCA004, GBCA001, GBCA012

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass:

− Foundational knowledge on the key areas of business management; and

5 For programmes containing more than one FHEQ level of study, i.e. a bachelor programme with levels 4, 5 & 6, a separate map must be provided for each level. The table should be copied and pasted to

enable this.

Page 25: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 25 of 174

− An ability to interpret gained knowledge within the context of modern businesses.

Talks and seminars from industry experts.

An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching & Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme: There are 4 modules at Level 3 which focus on teaching core knowledge and understanding around business management. All 4 modules combine lectures and seminars and their assessment is based on the understanding and application of key business knowledge.

Cognitive and Intellectual Skills: QAA Subject Benchmark: Business and Management (3.9) & FHEQ (33)

Primary: Cognitive skills are developed through lectures, seminars, and practical classes. Secondary/Supplementary: None

A2 ILO2 & ILO3

Individual and group essay & report, oral assessment and presentation.

GBCA002, GBCA004, GBCA001, GBCA012, GBCA013

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass:

− An ability to interpret and present qualitative and quantitative data; and

− An ability to develop lines of argument in accordance with basic theories and concepts of business management.

An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching & Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme: At this level of study, students can build cognitive and intellectual skills through a combination of lectures and lab session (practical classes). These skills are assessed primarily through written pieces of work and oral assessments.

Key Transferable Skills: QAA Subject Benchmark: Business and Management (3.9) & FHEQ (33)

GBCA005, GBCA006, GBCA003, GBCA002, GBCA001, GBCA012, GBCA013

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass:

− The ability to plan, prioritise and organise time.

− The ability to evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems related to business management; and

− The ability to communicate the results of their study/work accurately and reliably.

− The ability to work both independently and as a member of a team.

Primary: Key transferable skills are developed through lectures, seminars, and practical classes. Secondary/Supplementary: None

A3 ILO4 & ILO5 Individual and group essay & report, oral assessment and presentation.

An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching & Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme: All modules contain tasks and assessments that focus on the development of transferable skills using the different approaches stated above.

Employment Related Skills: QAA Subject Benchmark: Business and Management (3.9) & FHEQ (33)

Primary: Employment related skills are developed through seminars, practical classes and workshops (delivered either

A4 ILO6 Individual and group report, oral assessment and presentation.

GBCA005, GBCA006, GBCA002, GBCA001, GBCA012,

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a

Page 26: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 26 of 174

threshold pass:

− The skills to undertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment; and

− Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility.

from academic staff or guests from the industry) Secondary/Supplementary: None

GBCA013

An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching & Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme: Most core modules develop students’ employability skills through practical assessments.

Practical Skills: QAA Subject Benchmark: Business and Management (3.9) & FHEQ (33)

Primary: Practical skills are developed through lectures, seminars, tutorials, and practical classes and workshops. Secondary/Supplementary: None

A5 ILO2 & ILO5

Unseen written test and examination, individual and group essay & report, oral assessment and presentation

GBCA002, GBCA004, GBCA001, GBCA012,

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass:

− Awareness of the factors that affect business success; and

− Understanding of the importance to provide customer satisfaction.

An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching & Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme: Practical skills are embedded in lectures, seminars, tutorials, and practical classes and are assessed through a combination of assessment tools.

FHEQ level: 4

Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy / Methods

Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments

Related Core Modules

Knowledge / Understanding: QAA Subject Benchmark : Business and Management (3.2-3.7) & FHEQ (35)

Primary: Students will acquire knowledge and understanding of key theories, terminology and practices through a combination of lectures, seminars, and tutorials. Secondary/Supplementary: Talks and seminars from industry experts.

A1 ILO1

Unseen written test and examination, individual and group essay & report, oral assessment and presentation

GBCA112, GBCA113, GBCA122, GBCA106, GBCA100, GBCA108, GBCA105, GBCA121, GBCA101GBCA107, GBCA109

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass:

− Knowledge of the underlying concepts and principles associated with business management, and an ability to evaluate and interpret these within the context of modern businesses.

Page 27: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 27 of 174

An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching & Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme: All core modules at Level 4 focus on teaching core knowledge and understanding around business management. All 4 modules combine lectures and seminars and their assessment is based on the understanding and application of key business knowledge.

Cognitive and Intellectual Skills: QAA Subject Benchmark : Business and Management (3.9) & FHEQ (35)

Primary: Cognitive skills are developed through lectures, seminars, and practical classes. Secondary/Supplementary: None

A2 ILO2 & ILO3

Individual and group essay & report, oral assessment and presentation.

GBCA122, GBCA106, GBCA100, GBCA108, GBCA105, GBCA121, GBCA101GBCA107, GBCA109

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass:

− An ability to present, evaluate and interpret qualitative and quantitative data,

− An ability to develop lines of argument and make sound judgments in accordance with basic theories and concepts of business management.

An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching & Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme: At this level of study, students can build cognitive and intellectual skills through a combination of lectures and lab session (practical classes). These skills are assessed primarily through written pieces of work and oral assessments.

Key Transferable Skills: QAA Subject Benchmark: Business and Management (3.9) & FHEQ (35)

GBCA112, GBCA113, GBCA122, GBCA106, GBCA100, GBCA108, GBCA105, GBCA121, GBCA101GBCA107, GBCA109

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass:

− The ability to evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems related to business management; and

− Communicate the results of their study/work accurately and reliably, and with structured and coherent arguments.

− Competency and consistent performance in both written and verbal forms of professional and interpersonal communication.

Primary: Key transferable skills are developed through lectures, seminars, and practical classes. Secondary/Supplementary: None

A3 ILO4, ILO5 Individual and group essay & report, oral assessment and presentation.

An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching & Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme: Most contain tasks and assessments that focus on the development of transferable skills using the different approaches stated above.

Employment Related Skills: QAA Subject Benchmark: Business and Management (3.9) & FHEQ (35)

Primary: Employment related skills are developed through, seminars, and practical classes and workshops (delivered either from academic staff or guests from the industry)

A4 ILO6 Individual and group report, oral assessment and presentation.

GBCA112, GBCA113, GBCA122, GBCA106, GBCA105, GBCA121

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass:

Page 28: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 28 of 174

− An ability to undertake further training and develop new skills within a structured and managed environment; and

− Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility.

Secondary/Supplementary: None

An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching & Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme: Many core modules develop students’ employability skills through practical assessments.

Practical Skills: QAA Subject Benchmark: Business and Management (3.9)

Primary: Practical skills are developed through lectures, seminars, tutorials, practical classes and workshops (delivered either from academic staff or guests from the industry) Secondary/Supplementary: None

A5 ILO2 & ILO5

Unseen written test and examination, individual and group essay & report, oral assessment and presentation

GBCA106, GBCA100, GBCA108, GBCA105, GBCA121, GBCA101GBCA107, GBCA109

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass:

− Commercial acumen and abiity to identify key drivers of business success and causes of failure.

An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching & Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme: Practical skills are embedded in lectures, seminars, tutorials, and practical classes and are assessed through a combination of assessment tools.

FHEQ level: 5

Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy / Methods

Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments

Related Core Modules

Knowledge / Understanding: QAA Subject Benchmark: Business and Management (3.2-3.7) & FHEQ (35)

Primary: Students will acquire knowledge and understanding of key theories, terminology and practices through a combination of lectures, seminars, and tutorials. Secondary/Supplementary: Talks and seminars from industry experts.

A1 ILO1

Unseen written test and examination, individual and group essay & report, oral assessment and presentation

GBCA209, GBCA227, GBCA213GBCA213, GBCA215, GBCA206, GBCA214, GBCA210

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass:

− Knowledge and critical understanding of the well-established principles of business management, and the way in which those principles have developed;

− Knowledge of the main methods of enquiry in business management; and

− An understanding of the limits of their knowledge, and how this influences analyses and interpretations based on that knowledge.

Page 29: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 29 of 174

An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching & Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme: Most core modules at Level 5 focus on teaching core knowledge and understanding around business management. All 4 modules combine lectures and seminars and their assessment is based on the understanding and application of key business knowledge.

Cognitive and Intellectual Skills: QAA Subject Benchmark: Business and Management (3.9) & FHEQ (35)

Primary: Cognitive skills are developed through lectures, seminars, and practical classes. Secondary/Supplementary: None

A2 ILO2 & ILO3

Written test and examination, individual and group essay & report, oral assessment and presentation.

GBCA227, GBCA215, GBCA206, GBCA214

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass:

− Ability to apply underlying concepts and principles outside the context in which they were first studied.

An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching & Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme: At this level of study, students can build cognitive and intellectual skills through a combination of lectures and lab session (practical classes). These skills are assessed primarily through examinations, written pieces of work and oral assessments.

Key Transferable Skills: QAA Subject Benchmark: Business and Management (3.9) & FHEQ (35)

Primary: Key transferable skills are developed through lectures, seminars, and practical classes. Secondary/Supplementary: None

A3 ILO4, ILO5

Individual and group essay & report, oral assessment and presentation.

GBCA209, GBCA227, GBCA213GBCA213, GBCA206, GBCA214, GBCA210, GBCA215

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass:

− An ability to evaluate critically the appropriateness of different approaches to solving problems in business management;

− Use of a range of established techniques to initiate and undertake critical analysis of information, and to propose solutions to problems arising from that analysis; and

− The ability to effectively communicate information, arguments, and analysis, in variety of forms, to specialist and non-specialist audiences, and deploy key techniques related to business management effectively.

An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching & Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme: All core modules contain tasks and assessments that focus on the development of transferable skills using the different approaches stated above.

Employment Related Skills: QAA Subject Benchmark: Business and Management (3.9) & FHEQ (35)

Primary: Employment related skills are developed through seminars, practical classes and workshops (delivered either from academic staff or guests

A4 ILO6 Individual and group report, oral assessment and presentation.

GBCA209, GBCA227, GBCA213GBCA213, GBCA215, GBCA206,

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a

Page 30: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 30 of 174

threshold pass:

− Application of business management principles in an employment context;

− The ability to undertake further training, develop existing skills and acquire new competencies that will enable them to assume significant responsibilities within organisations; and

− Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring the exercise of personal responsibility and decision making.

from the industry) Secondary/Supplementary: None

GBCA214, GBCA210

An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching & Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme: Most core modules develop students’ employability skills through practical assessments.

Practical Skills: QAA Subject Benchmark: Business and Management (3.9) & FHEQ (35) Primary:

Practical skills are developed through lectures, seminars, tutorials, and practical classes and workshops. Secondary/Supplementary: None

A5 ILO2 & ILO5

Unseen written test and examination, individual and group essay & report, oral assessment and presentation

GBCA227, GBCA206, GBCA210, GBCA215

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass:

− The ability to conduct business-related research by employing and evaluating a range of data; and

− The ability to communicate with a wide range of audiences using a variety of media.

An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching & Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme: Practical skills are embedded in lectures, seminars, tutorials, and practical classes and are assessed through a combination of assessment tools.

FHEQ level: 6

Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy / Methods

Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments

Related Core Modules

Knowledge / Understanding: QAA Subject Benchmark: Business and Management (3.2-3.7) & FHEQ (35)

Primary: Students will acquire knowledge and understanding of key theories, terminology and practices through a combination of lectures, seminars, and tutorials. Secondary/Supplementary:

A1 ILO1

Unseen written test and examination, individual and group essay & report, oral assessment and presentation

GBCA319, GBCA310, GBCA311

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass:

− A systematic understanding of business management, including acquisition of

Page 31: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 31 of 174

coherent and detailed knowledge, at least some of which is at, or informed by, the forefront of defined aspects of the discipline;

− Conceptual understanding that enables the student to deploy accurately established techniques of analysis and enquiry within business management;

− An appreciation of uncertainty, ambiguity and the limits of knowledge; and

− The ability to manage their own learning and to make use of scholarly reviews and primary sources (for example, refereed research articles and/or original materials appropriate to business management).

− Appreciation of the nature of globalisation and cultural differences, and comprehend their implications for marketing.

Talks and seminars from industry experts.

An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching & Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme: All core modules at Level 6 focus on teaching core knowledge and understanding around business management. All 4 modules combine lectures and seminars and their assessment is based on the understanding and application of key business knowledge.

Cognitive and Intellectual Skills: QAA Subject Benchmark: Business and Management (3.9) & FHEQ (35)

Primary: Cognitive skills are developed through lectures, seminars, and practical classes. Secondary/Supplementary: None

A2 ILO2 & ILO3

Written test and examination, individual and group essay & report, oral assessment and presentation, practical project

GBCA319, GBCA310, GBCA311

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass:

− Apply the methods and techniques that they have learned to review, consolidate, extend and apply their knowledge and understanding, and to initiate and carry out projects; and

− Critically evaluate arguments, assumptions, abstract concepts and data (that may be incomplete), to make judgements, and to frame appropriate questions to achieve a solution - or identify a range of solutions - to a problem.

An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching & Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme: At this level of study, students can build cognitive and intellectual skills through a combination of lectures and lab session (practical classes). These skills are assessed primarily through examinations, written pieces of work and oral assessments.

Key Transferable Skills: QAA Subject Benchmark: Business and

Primary: Key transferable skills are

A3 ILO4, ILO5 Individual and group essay & report, oral

GBCA319,

Page 32: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 32 of 174

Management (3.9) & FHEQ (35) developed through lectures, seminars, and practical classes. Secondary/Supplementary: None

assessment and presentation, practical projects

GBCA310, GBCA311 By the end of this level of this programme the

students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass:

− Emotional intelligence and empathy;

− Communicate information, ideas, problems, and solutions to both specialist and non-specialist audiences;

− Networking: an awareness of the interpersonal skills of effective listening, negotiating, persuasion and presentation and their use in generating business contacts.

An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching & Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme: Most modules contain tasks and assessments that focus on the development of transferable skills using the different approaches stated above.

Employment Related Skills: QAA Subject Benchmark: Business and Management (3.9) & FHEQ (35)

Primary: Employment related skills are developed through lectures, seminars, practical classes and workshops (delivered either from academic staff or guests from the industry) Secondary/Supplementary: None

A4 ILO6

Individual and group report, oral assessment and presentation, practical projects

GBCA319, GBCA310, GBCA311

By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass:

− Qualities and transferable skills necessary for employment requiring:

− The exercise of initiative and personal responsibility;

− Decision making in complex and unpredictable contexts;

− The learning ability needed to undertake appropriate further training of a professional or equivalent nature; and

− Self-analysis and an awareness/sensitivity to diversity in terms of people and cultures. This includes a continuing appetite for development.

An explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching & Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme: Most core modules develop students’ employability skills through practical assessments.

Practical Skills: QAA Subject Benchmark: Business and Management (3.9) & FHEQ (35)

Primary: Practical skills are developed through lectures, seminars, tutorials, and practical classes and workshops.

A5 ILO2 & ILO5

Unseen written test and examination, individual and group essay & report, oral assessment and presentation,

GBCA319, GBCA310, GBCA311 By the end of this level of this programme the

Page 33: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 33 of 174

students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass:

− The ability to act entrepreneurially to generate, develop and communicate ideas, manage and exploit intellectual property, gain support, and deliver successful outcomes; and

− A readiness to accept responsibility and flexibility, to be resilient, self-starting and appropriately assertive, to plan, organise and manage time.

Secondary/Supplementary: None

practical projects

An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching & Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme: Practical skills are embedded in lectures, seminars, tutorials, and practical classes and are assessed through a combination of assessment tools.

PS2. Work Based/Related Learning6

WBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here. However, for all types of HE programmes there should be an element of employability focus through, at least, Work Related Learning, and therefore the following is applicable for all:

FHEQ level: 3, 4, 5, & 6

WBL/WRL Activity:

Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments

Related Core Module(s)

Visits / Talks / Workshop /

Competitions

In the beginning of each academic

year, the programme

manager - in consultation with academic staff –

will schedule visits, talks, workshops,

and entry to competitions.

A4 & A5 ILO4, ILO5, & ILO6 N/A

Any module related to the subject of the visit/

talk/ workshop / competition

6 The provided table includes only a single line. This will need replicating for each WBL/WRL activity (I,e, placements / real-world industry provided problems to solve / visits / trade shows etc). Additionally,

the table should be replicated for each stage of the programme for clarity.

Page 34: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 34 of 174

An explanation of this map: This table indicates generic work related learning activities applicable to all levels of study.

Page 35: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 35 of 174

Module Records

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE:

GBCA005 MODULE TITLE:

English Language and Study Skills A-1

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 3 JACS CODE:

PRE-REQUISITES: previous qualification/experience equivalent to level A2

CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) This module is designed for students whose previous qualification/experience is equivalent to level A2 (CEFR). It aims to develop students’ competence to understand factual and routine information, to describe their experiences and to express simple opinions. It will also assist them to develop basic study & academic skills in order to facilitate their transition from High School to University Studies.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination)

40% C1 (Coursework)

40% P1 (Practical)

20%

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Delete and insert

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: The aim of this module is twofold. It has been designed to:

• develop students ‘communicative ability to interact with native speakers on familiar topics and their competence to understand key information from various sources, to express main points in a comprehensible way and to use the fundamentals of English grammar and vocabulary,

• introduce a range of basic study skills, placing particular emphasis on essay writing, acknowledging academic sources and presentation skills.

Page 36: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 36 of 174

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:

1. Understand the university’s processes and regulations;

2. Develop strategies for individual success in academic study and beyond;

3. Communicate for personal and social purposes;

4. Listen for main ideas;

5. Read and comprehend texts at intermediate level;

6. Apply basic grammar rules and use and understand basic vocabulary;

7. Provide short written statements on familiar topics and use appropriate evidence from a range of sources.

The last five learning outcomes are based on the Common European Framework of reference for languages (CEFR -http://www.coe.int/t/dg4/linguistic/CADRE_EN.asp#TopOfPage)

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2015 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE:

Click here to enter a

date. TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Additional notes (for office use only): For delivering institution’s HE Operations or Academic Partnerships use if required

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-21 NATIONAL COST CENTRE:

MODULE LEADER: Mrs. Marina Apostoliadi OTHER MODULE STAFF: Mrs. Kyriaki Pappi and Mrs. Sotiria Belsi

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT

The module will be divided into components which will focus on key areas associated with English as an International Language and students will be exposed to a variety of texts and reading comprehension tasks, speaking and listening practice at appropriate level, paragraph writing guidelines and a variety of written and oral exercises to help students apply basic grammar rules and previously acquired vocabulary. It also suggests strategies students can use to take notes, pass exams, deliver presentations, research and reference their academic assignments.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 72 Contact time including presentations and video watching

Practical classes 72 Contact time including discussions, practice, language conversations, listening and reading tasks

Guided independent study 56 Private study including guided reading, follow-up work, further practice, completion of assessment tasks, revision

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits =

Page 37: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 37 of 174

100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

en

t N

am

e

Co

mp

on

en

t

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam

E1

2 two hour unseen exams

50% 50%

Total= 100%

L.O. 2,L.O. 4, L.O.5,L.O.6,L.O.7

T

Coursework C1

Portfolio ( a collection of essays and reports)

Total= 100%

L.O.2,L.O.6,L.O.7

Practical

P1

An individual presentation

Total = 100%

L.O. 2,L.O.3, L.O.6

Updated by: Delete and insert (this should be updated on an annual basis)

Date:06/2016 Click here to enter a date.

Approved by: Delete and insert (this should be updated on an annual basis

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Recommended Texts and Sources: Main Textbooks Gouch, C. (2013) Preparation for IELTS Academic: IELTS Target 6.5. Reading: Garnet Education Hopkins, D and Cullen, P. (2012) Grammar for IELTS. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Recommended Bibliography English Bibliography:

– Burns, T. and Sinfield. S. (2008). Essential Study Skills: The Complete Guide to Success at University. 2nd ed. London: Sage Publications.

Greek Bibliography:

– Εργαστήριο Ψυχολογικής Συμβουλευτικής Φοιτητών, (2011). Academic issues. Αθήνα: Εθνικό και

Καποδιστριακό Πανεπιστήμιο Αθηνών. Διαθέσιμο από: http://www.skf.psych.uoa.gr/synh8ismena-problimata/akadhmaika-problimata.html

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

Page 38: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 38 of 174

MODULE CODE:

GBCA006 MODULE TITLE:

English Language and Study Skills B-2

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 3 JACS CODE:

PRE-REQUISITES: previous qualification/experience equivalent to level B1

CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) This module, delivered all year long, is designed for students whose previous qualification/experience is equivalent to level B1 (CEFR) 1. It aims to help students develop further their confidence in listening, reading, writing and speaking in the English language. It will also assist them to develop basic study & academic skills in order to facilitate their transition from High School to University Studies.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination)

40% C1 (Coursework)

40% P1 (Practical)

20%

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Delete and insert

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: The aim of this module is twofold. It has been designed to:

• assist all undergraduate students whose native language is not English to consolidate, develop and raise their level of English from B1 to B2 (CEFR),

• introduce a range of basic study skills, placing particular emphasis on essay writing, acknowledging academic sources and presentation skills.

Based on the Common European Framework of reference for languages (CEFR -

http://www.coe.int/t/dg4/linguistic/CADRE_EN.asp#TopOfPage)

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:

1. Understand the university’s processes and regulations;

2. Develop strategies for individual success in academic study and beyond;

3. Listen for main ideas and details; 4. Read texts effectively; comprehend and identify key information; 5. Produce argumentative essays and reports on various graph description tasks and use appropriate

evidence from a range of sources;

6. Communicate quite clearly, maintaining flow of speech; 7. Use rich vocabulary and some complex structures in their writing and speaking.

The last five learning outcomes are based on the Common European Framework of reference for

Page 39: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 39 of 174

languages (CEFR -http://www.coe.int/t/dg4/linguistic/CADRE_EN.asp#TopOfPage)

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2015 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE:

Click here to enter a

date. TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Additional notes (for office use only): For delivering institution’s HE Operations or Academic Partnerships use if required

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-21 NATIONAL COST CENTRE:

MODULE LEADER: Mrs. Marina Apostoliadi OTHER MODULE STAFF: Mrs. Kyriaki Pappi and Mrs. Sotiria Belsi

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT The module will be divided into components which will focus on key areas associated with English as an International Language and will be used to develop listening, reading, writing and speaking skills. More specifically, students will learn to listen for key words/detail and identify main and supporting points. They will develop their reading skills in English by practicing comprehension at sentence and paragraph level, analyzing the text, identifying the writer’s standpoint, skimming and scanning, understanding main ideas and coping with new vocabulary. They will also learn how to structure short essays and will have a lot of practice in significant grammatical phenomena and structures. The module also suggests strategies students can use to take notes, pass exams, deliver presentations, research and reference their academic assignments.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 72 Contact time including presentations and video watching

Practical classes 72 Contact time including discussions, practice, language conversations, listening and reading tasks

Guided independent study 56 Private study including guided reading, follow-up work, further practice, completion of assessment tasks, revision

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

en

t N

am

e

Co

mp

on

en

t

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written E1 2 two hour unseen 50% L.O 2,L.O. 3, L.O.4,L.O.5,L.O.7

Page 40: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 40 of 174

exam exams 50% Total= 100%

T

Coursework C1

Portfolio ( a collection of essays and reports)

Total= 100%

L.O.2,L.O.5,L.O.7

Practical P1

An individual presentation

Total = 100%

L.O. 2,L.O.6,L.O.7

Updated by: Delete and insert (this should be updated on an annual basis)

Date: 01/06/2016

Approved by: Delete and insert (this should be updated on an annual basis

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Recommended Texts and Sources: Main Textbooks : Gouch, C. (2013) Preparation for IELTS Academic: IELTS Target 6.5. Reading: Garnet Education. Recommended Bibliography: English Bibliography: - Burns, T. and Sinfield. S., 2008. Essential Study Skills: The Complete Guide to Success at University.

2nd ed. London: Sage Publications Greek Bibliography:

– Εργαστήριο Ψυχολογικής Συμβουλευτικής Φοιτητών, 2011. Academic issues. Αθήνα: Εθνικό και

Καποδιστριακό Πανεπιστήμιο Αθηνών. Διαθέσιμο από: http://www.skf.psych.uoa.gr/synh8ismena-problimata/akadhmaika-problimata.html

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE:

GBCA002 MODULE TITLE:

Introduction to Business

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 3 JACS CODE: N/A

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) This module introduces students to the concept of the business/firm operation, entrepreneurship and the role of an entrepreneur. It discusses the concepts of internal and external environment by identifying and analysing the aims, organisational structure, functions, culture, political, social, economic, technological and ethical factors and considerations that influence the operation of a modern business.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

Page 41: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 41 of 174

E1 (Examination)

50% C1 (Coursework)

40% P1 (Practical)

10%

E2 (Clinical Examination)

% A1 (Generic Assessment)

%

T1 (Test) %

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: N/A

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

• To expose student to the functions of modern business;

• To show how these functions exist in a changing environment/society;

• To introduce students to effective and efficient decision making within a competitive and challenging business environment focusing on the role of entrepreneurs; and

• To improve students team-work, interpersonal and communicational skills.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to: 1. Demonstrate an understanding of the forces that shape a business structure. 2. Explain the factors that influence a business environment. 3. Demonstrate an understanding of the main functions of business, including management,

marketing, accounting and IT. 4. Explain the contribution of the various functions of a business to the achievement of its goals. 5. Illustrate the role and the characteristics of an entrepreuneur.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2015 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE:

Click here to enter a

date. TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Additional notes (for office use only):

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-2021 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: N/A

MODULE LEADER: Dr. Zoi Anagnostidou OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT The module content will focus on the development of students’ understanding on concepts such as the business/organisation, the business environment, and the management process. Students will be introduced to the fields of organisation, HRM, marketing, accounting & finance and MIS, as well as ethical issues and considerations of a modern business that operates domestically or internationally. Attention is focused on entrepreneurship and the characteristics of an entrepreneur.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Page 42: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 42 of 174

Lectures 36 3-hour weekly lectures

Seminars 12 Further discussion on particular topics

Guided independent study 152 Preparation for scheduled sessions, wider reading or practice, and completion of assessment tasks.

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

en

t N

am

e

Co

mp

on

en

t

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam

E1

Unseen written examination

100%

Total = 100%

Assess Learning Outcomes 1-5

T %

Total = 100%

Coursework C1

Group written assignment (report)

100% Total =

100%

Students will be also assessed individually, based on their performance in the group presentation of the report. Assess Learning Outcomes 4 & 5

Practical P1

Group presentation 100%

Total = 100%

Students will be also assessed on their individual presentation skills. Assess Learning Outcomes 1, 3, 4, & 5

Updated by:

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Approved by:

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Recommended Texts and Sources: Basic textbook

− Griffin, R.W., and Ebert, R.J., 2010. Business Essentials. 9th edition. Great Britain: Pearson Prentice Hall.

Recommended books

− Griffin, R., W., 2003. Fundamentals of management. 3rd edition. Independence, KY: Cengage Learning.

− Handy, C., 1999. Understanding organisations. New York, NY: Oxford University Press.

− Huczynski, A. and Buchanan, D., 2001. Organisational behaviour: An introductory text. Harlow: FT Prentice Hall.

− Kurtz, D.L., and Boone, L.E., 2008. Contemporary business. 12th edition. New York, NY: John Wiley & Sons.

Greek Bibliography:

Page 43: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 43 of 174

− Profeti, J., 1993. Εισαγωγή στο μάνατζμεντ. Θεσσαλονίκη: Systema.

− Κωστούλα, Ι., 1993. Μάνατζμεντ. Αθήνα: Ελληνική Ευροεκδοτική.

− Μπουραντάς, Δ., και Παπαλεξανδρή, Ν., 2003. Εισαγωγή στη διοίκηση επιχειρήσεων. Αθήνα: Μπένος.

− Τζωρτζάκης, Κ., και Τζωρτζάκη, Α., 2000. Διοίκηση επιχειρήσεων. Αθήνα: Rossili.

− Χολέβας, Ι., 1996. Διοίκηση επιχειρήσεων. Αθήνα: Interbooks.

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE:

GBCA003 MODULE TITLE:

IT Skills

CREDITS: 10 FHEQ Level: 3 JACS CODE:

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) The aim of this module is to familiarise students with basic Information Technology software and concepts, enhancing their academic skills. Furthermore, fundamental knowledge and efficient skills on Microsoft Windows functions and tools, as well as on word processing, spreadsheet and presentations software are key learning outcomes. Additionally, the role of malicious software will be discussed.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination)

% C1 (Coursework)

% P1 (Practical)

% or Pass/Fail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

% A1 (Generic Assessment)

%

T1 (Test) 100%

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: N/A

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

• To describe the role and functions of modern operating systems, focusing on Microsoft Windows and their environment; and

• To develop student’s skills in the use of word processing software (Microsoft Word), of spreadsheet software (Microsoft Excel), and presentations software (Microsoft PowerPoint).

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to: 1. Understand and explain the role and functions of modern operating systems.

2. Understand, explain and apply basic functions and tools of Microsoft Windows.

3. Use word processing software efficiently.

4. Use spreadsheet software efficiently.

5. Use presentations software efficiently.

Page 44: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 44 of 174

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2015 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE:

Click here to enter a

date. TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Additional notes (for office use only):

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-2021 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: N/A

MODULE LEADER: Dr. Apostolos Lazaris OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT The module contains four main components. The first component is the use of computers and the management of files, where terms such as computer environment, managing files, malicious software and print management are discussed. The second component is about Word Processing, where the use of applications, main operations, formatting, objects, mail merge and the preparation of outputs are taught. The third component refers to Spreadsheets, where students are taught how to use the application’s cells, worksheets, formulas and functions, formatting, charts/graphs and finally how to prepare outputs. The last component involves Presentations, where students learn how to develop a presentation using text and images, charts/graphs, drawn objects, slide show effects and eventually how to prepare outputs.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 12 1-hour weekly lectures

Practical classes and workshops 24 Laboratory sessions

Guided independent study 64 Preparation for scheduled sessions, wider reading or practice, and completion of assessment tasks.

Total 100 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

en

t N

am

e

Co

mp

on

en

t

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam

E_ Total =

100%

T1

Written unseen test

Written unseen test

Written unseen test

Written unseen test

25%

25%

25%

25%

Total = 100%

Assess Learning Outcomes 1 & 2 Assess Learning Outcome 3 Assess Learning Outcome 4 Assess Learning Outcome 5

Page 45: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 45 of 174

Coursework C_ %

Total = 100%

Practical P_ %

Total = 100%

Updated by:

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Approved by:

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Recommended Texts and Sources: English Bibliography: Basic textbook – Grauer, R. T. et al., 2013. Exploring Microsoft Office 2010. 2nd ed. Upper Saddle River, NJ:

Pearson. Recommended books – Bott, E. and Siechert, C., 2011. Microsoft Office 2010 inside out. Redmond: Microsoft.

Greek Bibliography Basic textbook – Cox, J., 2011. Microsoft Office 2010. Αθήνα: Κλειδάριθμος.

Recommended books – Γουτίδης, Χ. 2012. ECDL 5. Αθήνα: Κλειδάριθμος

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE:

GBCA004 MODULE TITLE:

Introduction to Economics

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 3 JACS CODE: N/A

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) This module introduces students to economics. It provides an overview of microeconomic issues, the theory of the firm and the theory of the markets. Concepts such as scarcity, choice, price mechanism, demand, supply, the firm’s production and cost, as well as markets structure are also introduced and discussed.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 50% C1 50 % P1 %

Page 46: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 46 of 174

(Examination) (Coursework) (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

% A1 (Generic Assessment)

%

T1 (Test) %

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: N/A

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

• To introduce students to the basic concepts of economics with an emphasis on microeconomic theory;

• To expose students to the factors that influence demand, supply, production , cost and markets; and

• To relate and apply those concepts in the contemporary social, economic and business environments.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to: 1. Understand basic concepts of economics at a micro level. 2. Explain the influence of economic concepts on social, economic and business environments. 3. Comprehend current economic and basic financial issues. 4. Use basic economic tools for analysis and decision making.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2015 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE:

Click here to enter a

date. TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Additional notes (for office use only):

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-2021 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: N/A

MODULE LEADER: Dr. Spyros Kostakis OTHER MODULE STAFF: Mr. Sotirios Konidis

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT The module introduces students to economic thinking and the economising problem. It also refers to the economic system, scarcity and choice. It outlines the basic characteristics of the market mechanism (demand and supply) and focuses on price determination, the market system, production and cost. Finally it describes various market structures (perfect competition, monopoly, monopolistic competition and oligopoly).

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 36 3-hour weekly lectures

Seminars 12 Further discussion on particular topics

Page 47: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 47 of 174

Guided independent study 152 Preparation for scheduled sessions, wider reading or practice, and completion of assessment tasks.

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

en

t N

am

e

Co

mp

on

en

t

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam

E1 Unseen written examination

100% Total =

100% Assess Learning Outcomes 1-4

T_ %

Total = 100%

Coursework C1 Individual Set Exercise

100% Total =

100%

Assess Learning Outcomes 1-4

Practical P_ %

Total = 100%

Updated by:

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Approved by:

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Recommended Texts and Sources: English Bibliography: Basic textbook

− McConnell, C.R., Brue S.L, and Flynn, S.M., 2012. Economics. 19th Edition. Boston: McGraw Hill.

Recommended books

− Bade, R. and Parkin, M., 2010. Microeconomics: Principles, applications & tools. 7th Edition. Harlow: Pearson Education Ltd

− Begg, D., Fischer, S. and Dornbusch, R., 2005. Economics. 8th Edition. New York, NY: McGraw Hill.

− Boyes, W. and Melvin, M., 2005. Economics. 6th Edition. Boston, MA: Houghton Mifflin Company.

− Estrin, S., David, L. and Dietrich, M., 2008. Foundations of Microeconomics. Harlow: Pearson Education Ltd.

− Hyman, D., 1996. Economics. 4th Edition. New York, NY: McGraw Hill.

− Mankiw, G.N., 2014. Principles of Microeconomics. 7th Edition. Stamford, CT: Cengage Learning.

− Miller, R., 2011. Economics today. 16th Edition. Harlow: Pearson Education Ltd.

− Sloman, J. and Sutcliffe, M., 2002. Economics. 5th Edition. Harlow: FT Prentice Hall.

− Sloman, J., 2013. Essentials of economics. 7th Edition. Harlow: Pearson Education Ltd.

Page 48: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 48 of 174

Greek Bibliography: Main textbook

− Κώττης, Γ. και Πετράκη-Κώττη, Α., 2010. Contemporary Microeconomics. Αθήνα: Μπένος. Recommended books

− Bade, R., 2009. Μικροοικονομική θεωρία και πρακτική. Αθήνα: Rosili.

− Begg, D., Fischer, S. and Dornbusch, R., 2007. Εισαγωγή στην οικονομική. 7η Έκδοση. Αθήνα: Κριτική.

− Besanko, D., 2009. Μικροοικονομική. Αθήνα: Gutenberg - Γιώργος & Κώστας Δαρδάνος.

− Gravelle, H., 2009. Μικροοικονομική. Αθήνα: Gutenberg - Γιώργος & Κώστας Δαρδάνος.

− Mankiw, N.G., 2010. Αρχές οικονομικής θεωρίας. Αθήνα: Gutenberg - Γιώργος & Κώστας Δαρδάνος.

− Nicholson, W., 2008. Mικροοικονομική θεωρία. Αθήνα: Κριτική.

− Stiglitz, E.J. και Wash, E.C., 2010. Αρχές της μικροοικονομικής. Αθήνα: Παπαζήσης.

− Varian, R.H., 2006. Μικροοικονομική. Αθήνα: Κριτική.

− Κιντής, Α. και Πουρναράκης, Ε., 1998. Αρχές οικονομικής ανάλυσης. Θεσσαλονίκη: Σμπίλιας.

− Πουρναράκης, Ε., και Χατζηκωνσταντίνου, Γ., 1999. Αρχές οικονομικής. 6η Έκδοση. Θεσσαλονίκη: Σμπίλιας.

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE:

GBCA013 MODULE TITLE:

Quantitative Skills

CREDITS: 10 FHEQ Level: 3 JACS CODE: N/A

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) Assuming a minimal background in mathematics, this module enables business students to

acquire the appropriate conceptual and computational mathematical background for future study

in business. In order to provide a better understanding of the mathematical concepts, the module

follows the logic of the development of mathematics rather than that of an economics course.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination)

40% C1 (Coursework)

60% P1 (Practical)

%

E2 (Clinical Examination)

% A1 (Generic Assessment)

%

T1 (Test) %

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: N/A

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

Page 49: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 49 of 174

• To equip students with the quantitative tools needed for the study of economics, business

management, and accounting and finance.

• To acquire skills in the methods of algebra and calculus for their use in further business related

subjects.

• To convince and motivate students that mathematics is an analytical tool in business.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to: 1. Demonstrate their ability to transform algebraic expressions using algebraic properties to

depict basic economic functions.

2. Write and solve various types of equations which are applicable to business equilibriums and

break even analysis.

3. Understand the concept of rate of change in terms of derivatives and apply them to economics.

4. Grasp the basics of optimisation techniques as applied to economics and business such as

profit and production maximisation.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2015 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE:

Click here to enter a

date. TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Additional notes (for office use only):

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-2021 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: N/A

MODULE LEADER: Dr. Spyros Kostakis OTHER MODULE STAFF: Dr. Ioannis Manolopoulos

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT This module initially revises topics in basic algebra such as arithmetic operations, fractions,

solving equations, simple inequalities, calculating percentages, evaluation and transposition of

formulae and sigma notation. It covers also further algebra topics such as straight lines, linear and

nonlinear functions depicting them graphically, system of equations as applied to various

economic functions (demand and supply), market equilibriums and break even analysis. Special

nonlinear functions such as logarithmic and exponential are considered to solve particular

business problems. The module ultimately covers Calculus topics in the area of derivatives and

optimisation techniques with the view of studying elasticity, marginal and average economic

functions as well as profit maximisation and turning points of basic economic functions.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 24 Introduce and deliver a talk on a particular topic.

Tutorials 12 Provide participative and student centred learning focusing on working through associated problems and exercises.

Page 50: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 50 of 174

Guided independent study 64 Scheduled learning and teaching activities including formative feedback, completion of assessment tasks and revision.

Total 100 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

en

t N

am

e

Co

mp

on

en

t

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam

E1 Written Examination 100%

Total = 100%

L.O.1, L.O.2, L.O.3, LO.4

T_

%

Total = 100%

Coursework C1 Individual Set Exercise

100% Total =

100% L.O.1, L.O.2, L.O.3

Practical P_ %

Total = 100%

Updated by:

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Approved by:

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Recommended Texts and Sources: English Bibliography Basic textbook

− Bradley, T., 2006. Essential mathematics for economics and business. 3rd Edition. United Kingdom: Wiley.

Recommended books − Chiang, A., C., 2000. Fundamental methods of mathematical economics. New York: McGraw Hill Inc.

− Haeussler, E.F. and Paul, R.S., 2005. Introductory mathematical analysis. 11th Edition. New York: Prentice Hall.

− Jacques, I., 2009. Mathematics for economics and business. London: Pearson Education Limited.

− Nickolson, 2000. Mathematics for business and economics. New York: McGraw Hill Inc.

Greek Bibliography

− Φλυτζάνης, Η.Γ., 2008. Μαθηματικά για οικονομολόγους I. Αθήνα: Εκδόσεις Μπένου.

− Παπαμιχαήλ, Δ.Κ., 1995. Μαθηματικά. Αθήνα: Σταμούλης.

− Ξεπαπαδέας, Α.Π., 1998. Μαθηματικά για οικονομολόγους: Θεωρία και εφαρμογές. Αθήνα: Σμπίλιας.

− Yamane, T. and Kindis, A., 1996. Μαθηματικά. Αθήνα: Gutenberg.

Page 51: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 51 of 174

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE:

GBCA001 MODULE TITLE:

Introduction to Accounting and Finance

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 3 JACS CODE:

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) This module introduces students to the basic concepts of financial accounting, budgeting and finance. It explains the important role of published financial statements and their content. Additionally, it teaches them how to collect basic information concerning the financial position of a firm. Finally , it introduces students to financial system and explain the basic principles of intermediation.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination)

50% C1 (Coursework)

50% P1 (Practical)

% or Pass/Fail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

% A1 (Generic Assessment)

%

T1 (Test) %

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: N/A

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: This module aims to:

• introduce students to basic financial statements;

• explain the importance of the information provided in the published financial statement;

• briefly present financial markets and their contribution to economic development

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:

1. Understand the content of balance sheets, income statements and cash flow statements. 2. Identify the importance of costing methods and budgeting. 3. Recognise financial markets and their contribution to economy.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2015 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE:

Click here to enter a

date. TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Additional notes (for office use only): For delivering institution’s HE Operations or Academic Partnerships use if required

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

Page 52: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 52 of 174

Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-2021 NATIONAL COST CENTRE:

MODULE LEADER: Mr. Panagiotis Hanjaras OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT This module contains the following topics: balance sheets, Income statements, cash flow statements. It explains the use of financial statements and the information provided by them. Furthermore, it refers to financial markets (money and capital markets) and the economic function of financial markets (matching severs and investors, savings allocation).

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 24 2 hours contact per week

Guided independent study 164

Preparation for schedule sessions, wider reading or practice, completion of assessment tasks

Practical workshops 12 1 hour contact per week

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

en

t N

am

e

Co

mp

on

en

t

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam

E1 Written examination (2 hours unseen exam)

100% Total =

100%

L.O.1, L.O.2, L.O.3

T_ %

Total = 100%

Coursework C1 Written assignment (portfolio)

100% Total =

100%

L.O.1, L.O.2

Practical P_ %

Total = 100%

Updated by:

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Approved by:

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Recommended Texts and Sources: English Bibliography: Basic textbook

Page 53: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 53 of 174

− Brealey, R., Myers, M. and Allen, F., 2011. Principles of corporate finance. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill.

− Williams, J., Haka, S., Bettner, M. and Carcello, J., 2011. Financial accounting. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill.

Recommended books

− Atrill, P. and McLaney, E., 2008. Financial accounting for non-specialists. 3rd Edition. Essex: FT Prentice Hall.

− Bebbington, J., Gray, R. and Laughlin, R., 2001. Financial accounting: Practice and principles. 3rd Edition. London: Thomson Learning.

− Britton, A. and Waterston, C., 2003. Financial accounting. 3rd Edition. Essex: FT Prentice Hall.

− Gillespie, I., Lewis, R. and Hamilton, K., 2004. Principles of financial accounting. 3rd Edition. Essex: FT Prentice Hall.

− Weygandt, J.J., Kimmel, P.D. and. Kieso, D.E., 2009. Financial accounting. Danvers, MA: John Wiley and Sons.

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE:

GBCA012 MODULE TITLE:

Introduction to Marketing and Communications

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 3 JACS CODE: N/A

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) This module provides an introductory perspective to marketing and communication studies. It addresses issues concerning the basic principles of marketing and the key aspects of communication theory and process. Furthermore, it unveils the nature and role of marketing communications in a business environment.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination)

50% C1 (Coursework)

35% P1 (Practical)

15 %

E2 (Clinical Examination)

% A1 (Generic Assessment)

%

T1 (Test) %

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: N/A

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

• To provide students with a comprehensive view of marketing and communication studies;

• To stimulate the understanding of communication theory; and

• To discuss the role of marketing and communications in the contemporary business world.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to: 1. Describe a number of introductory marketing and communication concepts.

Page 54: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 54 of 174

2. Recognise the nature and the role of marketing and communication in consumer and business contexts.

3. Identify and examine the marketing and communication tools used by successful organisations in today’s global economy.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2015 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE:

Click here to enter a

date. TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Additional notes (for office use only):

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-2021 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: N/A

MODULE LEADER: Dr. Vasia Kontopoulou OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT The module addresses principles of communication and its basic functions. Specifically, communication theory, the process of communication, verbal and non-verbal communication and word of mouth communications are analysed. It also addresses principles of marketing, where the importance of marketing in a business context and basic marketing and communication concepts are explained. Finally, students are introduced to traditional and digital media.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 36 3-hour weekly lectures

Seminars 12 Further discussion on particular topics

Guided independent study 152 Preparation for scheduled sessions, wider reading or practice, and completion of assessment tasks.

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

en

t N

am

e

Co

mp

on

en

t

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam

E1 Unseen written examination

100% Total =

100% Assess Learning Outcomes 1-3

T_ %

Total = 100%

Coursework C1 Group written assignment (report)

100% Total =

100%

Students will be also assessed individually, based on their performance in the group presentation of the report.

Page 55: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 55 of 174

Assess Learning Outcomes 1-3

Practical P1

Group presentation (of the written assignment)

100% Total =

100%

Students will be also assessed on their individual presentation skills. Assess Learning Outcomes 1-3

Updated by:

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Approved by:

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Recommended Texts and Sources: English Bibliography: Basic textbook

− Fiske, J., 2010. Introduction to communication studies. 3rd Edition. Oxon: Routledge.

− Perreault, W., Cannon, J. and McCarthy, E.J., 2011. Basic marketing: A strategic marketing approach. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill/Irwin Publications.

Recommended books

− De Pelsmacker, P., Geuens, M. and Van Den Bergh, J., 2010. Marketing Communications: A European Perspective. 4th Edition. London: Pearson Education Ltd.

− Littlejohn, S.W. and Foss, K.A., 2011. Theories of Human Communication. 10th Edition. Long Grove, IL: Waveland Press, Inc.

Greek Bibliography: Basic textbook

− Miller, K., 2007. Οργάνωση και επικοινωνία: Προσεγγίσεις και διαδικασίες. Αθήνα: Δίαυλος.

− Perreault, W., Cannon, J. και McCarthy, E.J., 2012. Βασικές αρχές marketing: Μια στρατηγική προσέγγιση. Αθήνα: Εκδόσεις Πασχαλίδης.

Recommended books

− Μάλλιαρης, Π., 2012. Εισαγωγή στο μάρκετινγκ. Αθήνα: Εκδόσεις Σταμούλη.

− Fiske, J., 2010. Εισαγωγή στην επικοινωνία. Αθήνα: Αιγόκερως.

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE:

GBCA112 MODULE TITLE:

Academic English and Personal Development A

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 4 JACS CODE:

PRE-REQUISITES: previous qualification/experience equivalent to level B1

CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: No

Page 56: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 56 of 174

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) This module is designed to equip students, whose previous qualification/experience is equivalent to level B1(CEFR),with key transferable as well as English language skills that will enable them to succeed in a competitive academic and managerial setting and cope with the increasing trend toward independent study and lifelong learning.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination)

30% C1 (Coursework)

50% P1 (Practical)

20%

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Delete and insert

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: This module has been designed to:

• help students succeed in an academic as well as working environment by developing academic, communication, and interpersonal skills,

• develop reflective practices and the concept of continuing professional development by assisting students in producing their personal development portfolio,

• help students raise their level of English from B1 to B2 (CEFR).

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to: 1. Understand how to build upon previous learning, set personal learning goals, cultivate critical

thinking skills and develop strategies for individual success in academic study and beyond; 2. Demonstrate ability to work in a group with other students, using interpersonal skills; 3. Research, prepare, reference and write academic essays and reports; 4. Design, structure and deliver presentations effectively; 5. Use academic vocabulary and complex structures in writing and speaking in English; 6. Produce a CV and covering letter for a job application.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2015 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE:

Click here to enter a

date. TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Additional notes (for office use only): For delivering institution’s HE Operations or Academic Partnerships use if required

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-21 NATIONAL COST CENTRE:

Page 57: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 57 of 174

MODULE LEADER: Mrs. Marina Apostoliadi OTHER MODULE STAFF: Mrs. Sotiria Belsi and Mrs. Kyriaki Pappi

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Through various tests and class activities students will understand the learning process, explore ways to deal with stress and manage their time effectively, set personal goals, reflect upon their performance and develop team skills that encourage collaborative working. By listening to recorded university lectures, they will develop note-taking strategies and, by reading authentic texts, they will develop reading, analytical and critical thinking skills. This module also provides key elements to enable students to write good academic essays and reports, analyse a case study, deliver effective presentations, pass examinations and design their own CV. Students will also learn about English language of particular importance in academic oral and written communication.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 36 Contact time including presentations and video watching

Practical classes 36 Contact time including discussions, practice, language conversations, listening and reading tasks

Guided independent study 128 Private study including guided reading, follow-up work, further practice, completion of assessment tasks, revision

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

en

t N

am

e

Co

mp

on

en

t

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam

E1

1 three hour unseen exams in Academic English including reading & listening comprehension, speaking and writing tasks.

Total= 100%

L.O.1, L.O. 5

T

Coursework C1

Portfolio ( a collection of essays and reports, including a PDP)

Total= 100%

L.O. 1,L.O.2,L.O.3,L.O.5,L.O.6

Practical P1

Individual presentation

Group presentation

50% 50%

Total = 100%

L.O. 2,L.O.4,L.O.5

Updated by: Delete and insert (this should be updated on an

Date: 01/06/2016

Approved by: Delete and insert (this should be updated on an annual basis

Date: Click here to

Page 58: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 58 of 174

annual basis)

enter a date.

Recommended Texts and Sources: Basic textbooks:

- Hashemi, L. and Thomas, B. (2012). IELTS Trainer. Cambridge University Press. McCormack, J and Slaght, J. (2012) English for Academic Study: Extended Writing and Research Skills. Reading: Garnet Education.

Recommended books :

English Bibliography:

– Cottrell, S., 2008. The Study Skills Handbook. 3rd ed. Hampshire: Palgrave Macmillan. – Cottrell, S., 2003. Skills for Success: the Personal Development Planning Handbook. Hampshire:

Palgrave Macmillan. – Lewicki, R., Saunders, D. and Barry, B., 2009. Negotiation. 6th ed. New York: McGraw-Hill/Irwin. – McMillan, K. and Weyers, J., 2007. The Smarter Student: Skills & Strategies for Success at

University. Essex: Pearson Education Limited. – West, M., 2004. Effective Teamwork. 2nd ed. Leicester: BPS & Blackwell Publishing House.

Greek Bibliography:

– Εργαστήριο Ψυχολογικής Συμβουλευτικής Φοιτητών. 2011. Ακαδημαϊκά Προβλήματα. Αθήνα: Εθνικό και Καποδιστριακό Πανεπιστήμιο Αθηνών. Διαθέσιμο από: http://www.skf.psych.uoa.gr/synh8ismena-problimata/akadhmaika-problimata.html

– Harvard Business Essentials. 2009. Η Τέχνη της διαπραγμάτευσης. Μτφ. Ε. Χαλιώρη. Αθήνα : Modern Times.

– Illeris, K., 2009. Θεωρίες Μάθησης. Αθήνα: Μεταίχμιο. – Maxwell, J.C., 2002. Οι 17 αδιαφιλονίκητοι νόμοι του ομαδικού πνεύματος. Αθήνα: Εκδόσεις

Κλειδάριθμος. – Μητρογιαννοπούλου, Α., 2005. Πρακτικός οδηγός στην επιστημονική έρευνα. Αθήνα: Εκδόσεις

Κλειδάριθμος.

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE:

GBCA113 MODULE TITLE:

Academic English and Personal Development B

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 4 JACS CODE:

PRE-REQUISITES: previous qualification/experience equivalent to level B2

CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) This module is designed to equip students, whose previous qualification/experience is equivalent to level B2 (CEFR), with key transferable as well as English language skills that will enable them to succeed in a competitive academic and managerial setting and cope with the increasing trend toward independent study and lifelong learning.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

Page 59: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 59 of 174

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination)

30% C1 (Coursework)

50% P1 (Practical)

20%

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Delete and insert

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: This module has been designed to:

• help students succeed in an academic as well working environment by developing academic, communication, and interpersonal skills,

• develop reflective practice and the concept of continuing professional development by assisting students in producing their personal development portfolio,

• help students raise their level of English from B2 to C1. (CEFR).

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to: 1. Understand how to build upon previous learning, set personal learning goals, cultivate critical

thinking skills and develop strategies for individual success in academic study and beyond; 2. Demonstrate ability to work in a group with other students, using interpersonal skills; 3. Research, prepare, reference and write academic essays and reports; 4. Design, structure and deliver presentations effectively; 5. Handle academic vocabulary and complex structures in writing and speaking in English; 6. Produce a CV and covering letter for a job application.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2015 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE:

Click here to enter a

date. TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Additional notes (for office use only): For delivering institution’s HE Operations or Academic Partnerships use if required

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-21 NATIONAL COST CENTRE:

MODULE LEADER: Mrs. Marina Apostioliadi OTHER MODULE STAFF: Mrs. Konstantina Karali

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Through various tests and class activities students will understand the learning process, explore ways to deal with stress and manage their time effectively, set personal goals, reflect upon their performance and develop team skills that encourage collaborative working. By listening to recorded university lectures, they will develop note-taking strategies and, by reading authentic

Page 60: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 60 of 174

texts, they will develop reading, analytical and critical thinking skills. This module also provides key elements to enable students to write good academic essays and reports, analyse a case study, deliver effective presentations, pass examinations and design their own CV. Students will also practise in advanced grammar structures and academic vocabulary in context.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 36 Contact time including presentations and video watching

Practical classes 36 Contact time including discussions, practice, language conversations, listening and reading tasks

Guided independent study 128 Private study including guided reading, follow-up work, further practice, completion of assessment tasks, revision

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

en

t N

am

e

Co

mp

on

en

t

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam

E1

1 three hour unseen exams in Academic English including reading & listening comprehension, speaking and writing tasks.

Total= 100%

L.O.1, L.O. 5

T

Coursework C1

Portfolio ( a collection of essays and reports, including a PDP)

Total= 100%

L.O.1,L.O.2,L.O.3,L.O.5,L.O.6

Practical P1

Individual presentation

Group presentation

50% 50%

Total = 100%

L.O. 2,L.O.4,L.O.5

Updated by: Delete and insert (this should be updated on an annual basis)

Date: 01/06/2016

Approved by: Delete and insert (this should be updated on an annual basis

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Recommended Texts and Sources: Basic textbooks:

McCormack, J and Slaght, J.(2012) English for Academic Study: Extended Writing and Research Skills. Reading: Garnet Education.

Recommended books

Page 61: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 61 of 174

English Bibliography:

- Cottrell, S., 2008. The Study Skills Handbook. 3rd ed. Hampshire: Palgrave Macmillan. - Cottrell, S., 2003. Skills for Success: the Personal Development Planning Handbook. Hampshire:

Palgrave Macmillan. - Lewicki, R., Saunders, D. and Barry, B., 2009. Negotiation. 6th ed. New York: McGraw-Hill/Irwin. - McMillan, K. and Weyers, J., 2007. The Smarter Student: Skills & Strategies for Success at

University. Essex: Pearson Education Limited. - West, M., 2004. Effective Teamwork. 2nd ed. Leicester: BPS & Blackwell Publishing House.

Greek Bibliography:

- Εργαστήριο Ψυχολογικής Συμβουλευτικής Φοιτητών. 2011. Ακαδημαϊκά Προβλήματα. Αθήνα: Εθνικό και Καποδιστριακό Πανεπιστήμιο Αθηνών. Διαθέσιμο από: http://www.skf.psych.uoa.gr/synh8ismena-problimata/akadhmaika-problimata.html

- Harvard Business Essentials. 2009. Η Τέχνη της διαπραγμάτευσης. Μτφ. Ε. Χαλιώρη. Αθήνα : Modern Times.

- Illeris, K., 2009. Θεωρίες Μάθησης. Αθήνα: Μεταίχμιο. - Maxwell, J.C., 2002. Οι 17 αδιαφιλονίκητοι νόμοι του ομαδικού πνεύματος. Αθήνα: Εκδόσεις

Κλειδάριθμος. - Μητρογιαννοπούλου, Α., 2005. Πρακτικός οδηγός στην επιστημονική έρευνα. Αθήνα: Εκδόσεις

Κλειδάριθμος.

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE:

GBCA122 MODULE TITLE:

Quantitative Analysis

CREDITS: 10 FHEQ Level: 4 JACS CODE:

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) This module enables students to understand the importance of business information in decision

making and to provide them with the statistical and computational skills required in a business

environment.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination)

40% C1 (Coursework)

60% P1 (Practical)

%

E2 (Clinical Examination)

% A1 (Generic Assessment)

%

T1 (Test) %

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked:

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

• The module aims at providing students with an understanding of the importance of data

and information analysis in business;

Page 62: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 62 of 174

• Students will develop important analytical skills through the practice of quantitative

reasoning and the use of data analysis software packages to statistical information

encountered in the business world;

• In particular, students will be introduced to the fundamental concepts of descriptive

statistics such as data collection, data presentation and key statistical calculations;

• Also, this module aims at exploring linear relationships between business variables, and

make predictions from one to another;

• Furthermore students will become familiar with how to compute probabilities, enabling

them to evaluate issues of chance and make informed decisions.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:

1. Understand statistical terms and describe information using a range of numerical and

graphical procedures.

2. Use regression and correlation analysis to uncover relationships between variables and to

produce forecasts of future values.

3. Understand and use basic probability concepts and be able to use them to assist in making

good business decisions.

4. Prepare reports and evaluations on statistical findings using appropriate software

packages.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2015 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE:

Click here to enter a

date. TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Additional notes (for office use only):

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-2021 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: N/A

MODULE LEADER: Dr. Apostolos Lazaris OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT This module outlines the basic concepts of business statistics and provides a comprehensive

overview of its scope and limitations. The module further studies sampling techniques and

examine different methods of primary data sources such as questionnaires. The module then

delves into the area of descriptive statistics by examining ways to tabulate and represent data

graphically. Furthermore, essential numerical calculations are described in order to characterise a

set of data i.e., measures of location and spread as well as assessing the shape of data

distributions. The module continues with exploring and investigating relations between business

variables employing correlational and simple linear regression techniques. Regression models

depicting relations are evaluated statistically. Finally, the module looks at probability aspects of

decision making employing basic probability laws. Throughout the module statistical software

Page 63: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 63 of 174

packages is demonstrated for data analysis purposes.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 24 Introduce and deliver a talk on a particular topic

Tutorials 12 Provide participative and student centred learning focusing on working through associated problems and exercises as well as performing data analysis with a software package

Guided independent study 64 Scheduled learning and teaching activities including further reading, completion of assessment tasks and revision.

Total 100 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

en

t N

am

e

Co

mp

on

en

t

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam

E1

Written Examination

21/2 hrs

100%

Total = 100%

A comprehensive closed book exam that assesses students’ knowledge of the material covered in the module. L.O.1, L.O.2, L.O.3, L.O.4

T %

Total = 100%

Coursework C1

Individual Set Exercise

100%

Total = 100%

Students are required to produce a data analysis report focusing in the analysis and interpretation of the findings. L.O.1, L.O.2, L.O.4

Practical P 100%

Total = 100%

Updated by:

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Approved by:

Date:

Recommended Texts and Sources: English Bibliography: Basic textbook

Page 64: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 64 of 174

• Barrow, M., 2009. Statistics for economics, accounting and business studies. 5th Edition. Essex: Prentice Hall.

Recommended books

• Aczel, A.D. and Sounderpandian, J., 2006. Complete business statistics. 6th Edition. Boston: McGraw-Hill.

• Black, K., 2007. Business statistics. 5th Edition. New York, NY: John Wiley.

• Bowerman, L. B. and O’ Conell, T.R., 2003. Business statistics in practice. 3rd Edition. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill.

• Rowntree, D., 2000. Statistics without tears: An introduction for non-mathematicians. London: Penguin Books.

• Smailes, J. and McGrane, A., 2000. Essential business statistics. Essex: Pearson Education Limited.

• Swift, L. and Piff, S., 2005. Quantitative methods for business, management and finance. 2nd Edition. New York: Palgrave Macmillan.

• Taylor, S., 2007. Business statistics for non-mathematicians. 2nd Edition. New York: Palgrave Macmillan.

Greek Bibliography:

• Φράγκος, X., 1998. Business statistics for economics and social sciences. Αθήνα: Εκδ. Σταμούλης.

• Χαλκιάς, I., 2010. Statistical analysis methods for business decisions. 3η ‘Εκδοση Αθήνα: Rossili.

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE:

GBCA106 MODULE TITLE:

Management

CREDITS: 10 FHEQ Level: 4 JACS CODE: N/A

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) This module introduces students to the management function. It focuses on the theory and fundamental concepts of management, including planning, organisation, leadership, and control. It also reviews the evolution of management thought, function and practice and stresses current approaches and emerging concepts. The module exposes students to entrepreneurship and the role of an entrepreneur.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination)

% C1 (Coursework)

100% P1 (Practical)

%

E2 (Clinical Examination)

% A1 (Generic Assessment)

%

T1 (Test) %

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: N/A

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

Page 65: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 65 of 174

MODULE AIMS:

• To provide students with knowledge of the basic concepts and techniques practiced by managers within a wide variety of organisational settings;

• To develop an understanding of the main managerial functions, including planning, organising, leading, and controlling; and

• To provide the knowledge and skills required to resolve managerial issues.

• To enable students to understand the concept of entrepreneurship and the role of an entrepreneur.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to: 1. Comprehend basic facts, concepts, and principles of management theory. 2. Distinguish between the diverse managerial functions and role of manager vs entrepreneur. 3. Draw logical conclusions and make recommendations about managerial issues.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2015 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE:

Click here to enter a

date. TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Additional notes (for office use only):

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-2021 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: N/A

MODULE LEADER: Dr. Stergiani Mourgkou OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT The module firstly introduces management science, the origins of management and the importance of studying management. Major theories, concepts and practices of management and leadership are discussed. Furthermore, it offers a discussion and analysis of the nature, functions and responsibilities of management. Specifically, the managerial functions of planning, organising, leading and controlling are examined. Attention is focused on entrepreneurship and the characteristics of an entrepreneur.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 24 2-hour weekly lectures

Seminars 12 Further discussion on particular topics

Guided independent study 64 Preparation for scheduled sessions, wider reading or practice, and completion of assessment tasks.

Total 100 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Page 66: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 66 of 174

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

en

t N

am

e

Co

mp

on

en

t

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam

E_ 100%

Total = 100%

T_ %

Total = 100%

Coursework C1 Individual Portfolio 100%

Total = 100%

Assess Learning Outcomes 1 - 3

Practical P_ %

Total = 100%

Updated by:

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Approved by:

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Recommended Texts and Sources: English Bibliography: Basic textbook

− Robbins, S. and Coulter, M., 2013. Management (12th Ed.). Harlow: Pearson Education. Recommended books

− Boddy, D., 2013. Management: An introduction. Harlow: Pearson Education.

− Kreitner, R. and Cassidy, C., 2012. Principles of management. Independence, KY: South-Western.

− Mullins, L.J., 2007. Management and organizational behaviour. 8th Edition. Harlow: FT Prentice Hall.

Greek Bibliography: Basic textbook

− Μπουραντάς, Δ., 2002. Μάνατζμεντ. Αθήνα: Μπένου Σωτ. Γεωργία. Recommended books

− Ευσταθίου, Α.Π., 2006. Σύγχρονο επιχειρησιακό μάνατζμεντ – Θεωρία και πράξη. Αθήνα: Παπαζήσης.

− Μπουραντάς, Δ., 2002. Μάνατζμεντ. Αθήνα: Μπένου Σωτ. Γεωργία.

− Παναγόπουλος, Α., 2011. Επικοινωνιολογία. Ανθρώπινες σχέσεις και μάνατζμεντ. Αθήνα: Παναγόπουλος Αλέξιος.

− Τσούκας, Χ., Θεοχαράκης, Β. και Μυλωνόπουλος, Ν., 2004. Σύγχρονες τάσεις στο μάνατζμεντ. Αθήνα: Καστανιώτης.

Page 67: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 67 of 174

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE:

GBCA100 MODULE TITLE:

Accounting for Business

CREDITS: 10 FHEQ Level: 4 JACS CODE:

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) The module presents and explains the main bookkeeping principles and analyses the financial statements of a corporation and how these are prepared. Additionally, it analyses the business organisation from an accountant’s point of view, its relationship with its shareholders, stakeholders and the external environment. The module provides students with a short introduction to professional ethics in accounting and business.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination)

% C1 (Coursework)

100% P1 (Practical)

% or Pass/Fail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

% A1 (Generic Assessment)

%

T1 (Test) %

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: N/A

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: This module aims to:

• analyse the business environment from an accounting point of view;

• explain the role of accounting and other key business functions in contributing to the efficient, effective and ethical management and development of a corporation and its people and systems.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to: 1. Understand the business organisation and its environment from an accountant’s perspective. 2. Prepare the main financial statements. 3. Perform basic book-keeping techniques. 4. Appreciate business and accounting ethics.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2015 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE:

Click here to enter a

date. TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Additional notes (for office use only):

Page 68: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 68 of 174

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019 – 2020 NATIONAL COST CENTRE:

MODULE LEADER: Mr. Panagiotis Hanjaras OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT The module helps students to understand business organisation structure, functions and the role of corporate governance. Additionally, it stresses out the functions of accountancy and audit in communicating, reporting and assuring financial information and in effective financial control and compliance. It also familiarises students with the classical book keeping rules and explains the preparation steps of the published financial statements which are based on accounting ethics.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 24 2 hours contact per week

Guided independent study 64

Preparation for schedule sessions, wider reading or practice, completion of assessment tasks

Practical workshops 12 1 hour contact per week

Total 100 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

en

t N

am

e

Co

mp

on

en

t

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam

E1 %

Total = 100%

T_ %

Total = 100%

Coursework C1 Written assignment (Report/Briefing)

100% Total =

100%

L.O.1, L.O.2, L.O.3, L.O.4

Practical P_ %

Total = 100%

Updated by:

Date:

Approved by:

Date:

Recommended Texts and Sources: English Bibliography:

− Bebbington, J., Gray, R. and Laughlin, R., 2001. Financial accounting: Practice and principles. 3rd Edition. London: Thomson Learning.

− Britton, A. and Waterston, C., 2003. Financial accounting. 3rd Edition. Essex: FT Prentice Hall.

Page 69: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 69 of 174

− Walter T. Harrington J., and Horngen C., 2012, Financial Accounting, 9th Edition, Pearson

− Weygandt, J.J., Kimmel, P.D. and. Kieso, D.E., 2009. Financial accounting. Danvers, MA: John Wiley and Sons.

− Williams, J., Haka, S., Bettner, M. and Carcello, J., 2011. Financial accounting. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill.

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE:

GBCA108 MODULE TITLE:

Economics for Business I

CREDITS: 10 FHEQ Level: 4 JACS CODE: N/A

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) The module introduces students to basic concepts of microeconomic theory and its application on business operation and performance. It also provides a systematic introduction to the understanding of a number of major current economic issues regarding effective and efficient decision making, for both the individual consumer and the firm.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination)

50% C1 (Coursework)

50% P1 (Practical)

%

E2 (Clinical Examination)

% A1 (Generic Assessment)

%

T1 (Test) %

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: N/A

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

• To introduce students to the core of microeconomic theory;

• To expose students to concepts that are used to understand how economic decisions are made by consumers as well as firms, when operating in a free market economy; and

• To allow students to fully realise that neither the consumer nor the firm behaves the same way under different market structures.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module the learner will be able to ;: 1. Apply knowledge of basic economic concepts such as opportunity cost, elasticity, economic

profit and marginal analysis. 2. Demonstrate an understanding of modern economic theories of consumer and producer

behaviour through their application to individual and business decision making. 3. Analyse and predict operational consequences for particular markets. 4. Conduct an investigation on aspects of government microeconomic policy.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2015 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

Page 70: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 70 of 174

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE:

Click here to enter a

date. TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Additional notes (for office use only):

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-2021 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: N/A

MODULE LEADER: Mr. Sotiris Konidis OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT The content of this module will introduce students to concepts and ideas with respect to demand, supply and competitive Markets. Consumer theory, indifference curve analysis, the derivation of the demand curve as well as demand and supply elasticities and their applications are going to be discussed at length. Furthermore, in order to introduce students to different types of markets (perfect competitive and monopoly markets, as well as industry structures such as monopolistic competition and oligopoly), production and cost theory will be analysed. The conduct –structure –performance and the Chicago School laissez-fair models for assessing firm behavior will be further discussed. Finally, concepts such as economic efficiency under different market structures, as well as the role of government policy will be analysed within the business framework.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 24 2-hour weekly lectures

Seminars 12 Further discussion on particular topics

Guided independent study 64 Preparation for scheduled sessions, wider reading or practice, and completion of assessment tasks.

Total 100 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

en

t N

am

e

Co

mp

on

en

t

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam

E1

Unseen written examination

100%

Total = 100%

Assess Learning Outcomes 1-4

T %

Total = 100%

Coursework C1 Individual set exercise

100% Total =

100% Assess Learning Outcomes 1 & 2

Page 71: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 71 of 174

Practical P %

Total = 100%

Updated by:

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Approved by:

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Recommended Texts and Sources: English Bibliography: Basic textbook

− Snyder, C. and Nicholson, W. (2011). Microeconomic Theory: Basic principles and extensions (11th ed.). London: Thompson South-Western.

Recommended books

− Sloman, J. and Wride, A., 2012. Economics (8th ed.). Harlow: Pearson Education Limited.

− Begg, D., Fischer, S. and Dornbusch, R., 2005. Economics. Berkshire: McGraw Hill.

− Mankiw, N.G., 2014. Principles of economics (5th ed.). Stamford, CT: Cengage Learning.

− Parkin, M., 2013. Microeconomics (9th ed.). New York, NY: Prentice Hall.

Greek Bibliography

Basic textbook

− Parkin,M., Powel, M. and Mathwes, K., 2013. Αρχές οικονομικής. Αθήνα: Εκδόσεις Κριτική.

Recommended books

− Begg, D., Fisher, S. and Dornbush, R., 2006. Εισαγωγή στην οικονομική. Αθήνα: Εκδόσεις Κριτική.

− Ferguson, K., 2004. Βασικές αρχές οικονομικής θεωρίας. Αθήνα: Εκδόσεις Κριτική.

− Nicholson, W., 2008. Μικροοικονομική θεωρία. Αθήνα: Εκδόσεις Κριτική.

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE:

GBCA105 MODULE TITLE:

Business Law

CREDITS: 10 FHEQ Level: 4 JACS CODE: N/A

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) Scope of this module is to introduce students to the basic principles and business-related areas of law (Greek, English, & European Law), including business transactions, negligence & tortious liability, criminal law related to business, company law and e-business & m-business law.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

Page 72: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 72 of 174

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination)

100% C1 (Coursework)

% P1 (Practical)

%

E2 (Clinical Examination)

% A1 (Generic Assessment)

%

T1 (Test) %

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: N/A

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

• To provide a general overview of the law in the business and company area and build up knowledge on basic legal principles which affect businesses and company life;

• To develop analytical thinking and problem solving;

• To develop an understanding of the place and function of law in business organisations and activities in the Greek, UK and EU legal environment; and

• To illustrate legal institutions affecting business and promote an understanding of the legal process.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to: 1. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the basic principles of the Greek, English, and

European Unions’ legal systems, relevant legal institutions and principle areas of law which are related to business and company’s life.

2. Identify and analyse the legal issues which arise in a business context, and provide solutions to those problems.

3. Comprehend the relevant principles of company law and explain basic principles of law which affect business organisations.

4. Be aware of topical developments in the law and give appropriate responses to current developments in the context of the modern day environment.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2015 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE:

Click here to enter a

date. TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Additional notes (for office use only):

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-2021 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: N/A

MODULE LEADER: Mr. Kostas Stasinopoulos

OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT The module refers to business transcactions and more specifically to Greek, English and European Contract and Company Law. It explains the types of contracts and the requirements for

Page 73: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 73 of 174

their formation, the content of a contract – such as representations and terms, conditions and warranties, implied terms. It covers topics such as Negligence and Tortious Liability, the law of torts, the tort of negligence, requirements and remedies. Furthermore, it addresses business related Criminal Law (economic criminal law and its sources, comparative review of economic criminal legislation, selected themes from the general part of economic criminal law). The module also deals with e-business and m-business and explains the data protection act and the legal aspects entailed in doing business online and via mobile devices. Company law is also explained. Specifically, the general features of different types of business associations and organisations such as partnership law, as well as the nature and formation of companies are analysed. Finally, the module refers to memorandums and articles of association, meeting of members, share capital (classes of shares, alteration of share capital, variation of class rights, profits and dividends) & loan capital (fixed and floating charge, mortgages and debentures, priority between charges), management and administration issues (appointment and removal of directors, duties

and powers, board meetings), auditors (appointment and removal, powers and duties) and liquidations.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 24 2-hour weekly lectures

Seminars 12 Further discussion on particular topics

Guided independent study 64 Preparation for scheduled sessions, wider reading or practice, and completion of assessment tasks.

Total 100 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

en

t N

am

e

Co

mp

on

en

t

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam

E1

Unseen written examination

100%

Total = 100%

Assess Learning Outcomes 1 - 4

T_ 100%

Total = 100%

Coursework C_ %

Total = 100%

Practical P_ %

Total = 100%

Updated by:

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Approved by:

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Page 74: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 74 of 174

Recommended Texts and Sources: English Bibliography: Basic Textbook

− Marson, J., 2013. Business law. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

− Davies, P. and Worthington, S., 2012. Gower & Davies: Principles of modern company law. London: Thomson Reuters.

Recommended books

− MacIntyre, E., 2013. Business law premium pack. Essex: Pearson Education Limited.

− Roach, L., 2012. Card & James' Business law for business, accounting, & finance students. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

− Adams, A., 2013. Law for business students. Essex: Pearson Education Limited.

− Jones, L., 2013. Introduction to business law. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

− Kelly, D., Hayward, R., Hammer, R. and Hendy, J., 2011. Business law. Oxon: Routledge.

− Jones, L., 2011. Introduction to business law. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

− Hannigan, B., 2012. Company law. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

− Mayson, S., French, D. & Ryan, C., 2013. Company law. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Greek Bibliography: Basic Textbook

− Βάρκα-Αδάμη, Α., 2009. Introduction to CivilLlaw. Αθήνα: Νομική Βιβλιοθήκη.

− Ψυχομάνης, Σ., 2013. Company law, ΟΕ, ΕΕ, ΕΕkm., Silent partnership, ΕΟΟS, ΑΕ, ΕPΕ, ΙΚΕ. After Ν. 4072/2012. Θεσσαλονίκη: Εκδόσεις Σάκκουλας.

Recommended books

− Ρόκας, Ι., 2011. Εισαγωγή στο δίκαιο των εταιριών του εμπορικού δικαίου. Αθήνα: Νομική Βιβλιοθήκη.

− Ρόκας, Ι., 2011. Εμπορικό δίκαιο γενικό μέρος. Έμποροι, εμπορικές συναλλαγές, αξιόγραφα, βιομηχανική ιδιοκτησία, ανταγωνισμός. Αθήνα: Νομική Βιβλιοθήκη.

− Ρόκας, Ι., Ταρνανίδου, Χ., και Ματθαίου, Ε., 2010. Η Κεφαλαιαγορά. Αθήνα: Νομική Βιβλιοθήκη.

− Παπαδρόσου, Α.Π., 2014. Επιτομή δικαίου εμπορικών εταιριών - Β΄ έκδοση, Προσωπικές Εταιρίες - Ανώνυμη (ίδρυση). Θεσσαλονίκη: Εκδόσεις Σάκκουλας.

− Ψυχομάνης, Σ. και Γιοβανόπουλος, Ρ., 2013. Εμπορική νομοθεσία (Γενικό μέρος) – Βιομηχανική ιδιοκτησία - Ηλεκτρονικό εμπόριο - Βασική εμπορική νομοθεσία Ι. Αθήνα: Δίκαιο & Οικονομία - Π. Ν. Σάκκουλας.

− Παπακωνσταντίνου, Ε., 2010. Δίκαιο πληροφορικής. Αθήνα: Δίκαιο & Οικονομία - Π. Ν. Σάκκουλας.

− Αλεξανδρίδου, Ε., 2010. Το δίκαιο του ηλεκτρονικού εμπορίου - Β' Έδκ.. Αθήνα: Δίκαιο & Οικονομία - Π. Ν. Σάκκουλας.

− Δεσποτίδου, Α., 2009. Παροχή χρηματοοικονομικών υπηρεσιών από απόσταση, Παράλληλη ερμηνευτική προσέγγιση των διατάξεων της οδηγίας 2002/65/ΕΚ και του άρ. 4α Ν. 2251/1994, μετά το Ν. 3587/2007. Αθήνα: Δίκαιο & Οικονομία - Π. Ν. Σάκκουλας.

− Μπώλος, Α. και Τζάκας, Δ. Π., 2014. Το ιδιωτικό διεθνές δίκαιο των εξωσυμβατικών ενoχών. Αθήνα: Δίκαιο & Οικονομία - Π. Ν. Σάκκουλας.

− Γεωργιάδης, A., 2012. Γενικές αρχές αστικού δικαίου, 4η Έκδ. Αθήνα: Δίκαιο & Οικονομία - Π. Ν. Σάκκουλας.

− Κοτσίρης, Λ., 2012. Ευρωπαϊκό εμπορικό δίκαιο, 2η Έδκ. Αθήνα: Σάκκουλας.

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE:

GBCA121 MODULE TITLE:

Principles of Marketing

CREDITS: 10 FHEQ Level: 4 JACS CODE: N/A

Page 75: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 75 of 174

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) This module explores the basic principles of marketing and their applications in the contemporary business environment. It describes the basic concepts and techniques that align with the adoption of a marketing philosophy in business, and explains the primary analytical tools that can be used for the design, implementation and control of a successful marketing plan.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination)

60% C1 (Coursework)

40% P1 (Practical)

%

E2 (Clinical Examination)

% A1 (Generic Assessment)

%

T1 (Test) %

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: N/A

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

• To provide a solid understanding of the marketing philosophy and theory; and

• To offer the practical tools which allow students to successfully address and solve basic marketing problems.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:

1. Describe and explain the basic principles of marketing. 2. Demonstrate the components of the marketing mix and understand their associations. 3. Discuss and present elements of a marketing plan. 4. Apply theory and analytical tools to given situations.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2015 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE:

Click here to enter a

date. TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Additional notes (for office use only):

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-2021 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: N/A

MODULE LEADER: Dr. Vasia Kontopoulou OTHER MODULE STAFF:

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT This module offers an introduction to marketing philosophy and its theoretical principles and

Page 76: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 76 of 174

analytical tools. It explains how business decisions are related to the market environment, the main tasks of a marketing executive and the role of customers and competitors in the formations of a product’s “value”. It outlines the main decisions concerning the creation of a marketing plan, such as necessary information, market segmentation and positioning, marketing mix elements, environmental/social responsibility. Finally, it focuses on the control of a plan’s implementation through basic budgeting and analytical tools.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 24 2-hour weekly lectures

Seminars 12 Further discussion on particular topics

Guided independent study 64 Preparation for scheduled sessions, wider reading or practice, and completion of assessment tasks.

Total 100 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

en

t N

am

e

Co

mp

on

en

t

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam

E1 Unseen written examination

100% Total =

100% Assess Learning Outcomes 1-4

T_ %

Total = 100%

Coursework C1

Group written assignment (Report)

100%

Total = 100%

Students will be also assessed individually. Each team member should produce a document which will summarise his/her individual contribution to the assignment. Assess Learning Outcomes 1-4

Practical P_ %

Total = 100%

Updated by:

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Approved by:

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Recommended Texts and Sources: English Bibliography: Basic textbook

− Perreault, W., Cannon, J. and McCarthy, E.J., 2011. Basic marketing: A strategic marketing approach. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill/Irwin Publications.

Page 77: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 77 of 174

Recommended books

− Kotler, P. and Keller, K., 2011. A framework for marketing management (5th edition). Upper Saddle River, NJ: Pearson Prentice Hall.

− McDaniel, C., Lamb, C. and Hair, J.F. 2009. Introduction to marketing (International edition of 10th revised edition). Independence, KY: Cengage Learning, Inc.

Greek Bibliography: Basic textbook

− Perreault, W., Cannon, J. και McCarthy, E.J., 2012. Basic marketing: A strategic Marketing Approach. Αθήνα: Εκδόσεις Πασχαλίδης.

Recommended books

− Fahy, J. και Jobber, D., 2014. Αρχές μάρκετινγκ. Αθήνα: Εκδόσεις Κριτική.

− Kotler, P., 2001. Εισαγωγή στο μάρκετινγκ μάνατζμεντ. Αθήνα: Εκδόσεις Γκιούρδας.

− Μάλλιαρης, Π., 2012. Εισαγωγή στο μάρκετινγκ. Αθήνα: Εκδόσεις Σταμούλη.

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE:

GBCA107 MODULE TITLE:

Organisational Behaviour

CREDITS: 10 FHEQ Level: 4 JACS CODE: N/A

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) This module introduces students to the field of organisational behaviour. It involves the study of individual and group behaviour in organisations and equips students with the conceptual and theoretical background necessary to understand and deal with the human factor in the business environment.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination)

% C1 (Coursework)

100% P1 (Practical)

%

E2 (Clinical Examination)

% A1 (Generic Assessment)

%

T1 (Test) %

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: N/A

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

• To provide students with knowledge of the basic concepts and techniques practiced by managers within organisational settings; and

• To help students understand, interpret and attempt to predict behaviour of people working in organisations, which is of strategic importance for effective management and business success.

Page 78: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 78 of 174

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to: 1. Interpret basic concepts of organisational theory. 2. Recognise and explain behaviour within organisational settings. 3. Apply organisational processes associated with managerial success aimed at influencing

behaviour (leadership, communication, teamwork, motivation).

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2015 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE:

Click here to enter a

date. TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Additional notes (for office use only):

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-2021 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: N/A

MODULE LEADER: Dr. Stergiani Mourgkou OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT The module introduces students to organisational behaviour: The concepts of organisational psychology and behaviour as well as latest are discussed. Furthermore, it focuses on understanding and managing individual behaviour: Individual differences and work behaviour, perception, values, attitudes and personality influences. The module also discusses motivation theories and links them to performance appraisal and reward systems. A specific emphasis is given to group behaviour (concepts of group behaviour and work teams, interpersonal relations, power, etc.). Finally, the module points out organisational processes that influence behaviour such as leadership styles, communication processes, and the rational decision making process.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 24 2-hour weekly lectures

Seminars 12 Further discussion on particular topics

Guided independent study 64 Preparation for scheduled sessions, wider reading or practice, and completion of assessment tasks.

Total 100 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

en

t N

am

e

Co

mp

on

en

t

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam

E_ %

Total = 100%

T_ %

Page 79: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 79 of 174

Total = 100%

Coursework C1

Written assignment (Essay)

100%

Total = 100%

Assess Learning Outcomes 1-3

Practical P_ %

Total = 100%

Updated by:

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Approved by:

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Recommended Texts and Sources: English Bibliography: Basic textbook

− Ivancevich, J., Konopaske R. and Matteson, M., 2011. Organizational behavior and management. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill.

Recommended books

− Griffin, R.W. and Moorhead, G., 2014. Organisational behaviour: Managing people and organisations. 11th Edition. Mason, OH: South-Western Cengage Learning.

− Martin, J. and Fellenz, M., 2012. Organisational behaviour & management. 4th Edition. Andover: Cenagage Learning.

− Mullins, L.J., 2007. Management and organizational behaviour. 8th Edition. Harlow: FT Prentice Hall.

− Robbins, S. and Judge, T., 2012. Organizational Behavior Plus NEW MyManagementLab with Pearson eText -Access Card Package. 15th Edition. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall.

Greek Bibliography: Basic textbook

− Βακόλα, Μ. και Νικολάου, Ι., 2012. Οργανωσιακή ψυχολογία και συμπεριφορά. Αθήνα: Εκδόσεις Rosili.

Recommended books

− Ευσταθίου, Α.Π., 2006. Σύγχρονο επιχειρησιακό μάνατζμεντ – Θεωρία και πράξη. Αθήνα: Παπαζήσης.

− Μπουραντάς, Δ., 2002. Μάνατζμεντ. Αθήνα: Μπένου Σωτ. Γεωργία.

− Παναγόπουλος, Α., 2011. Επικοινωνιολογία. Ανθρώπινες σχέσεις και μάνατζμεντ. Αθήνα: Παναγόπουλος Αλέξιος.

− Τσούκας, Χ., Θεοχαράκης, Β. και Μυλωνόπουλος, Ν., 2004. Σύγχρονες τάσεις στο μάνατζμεντ. Αθήνα: Καστανιώτης.

− Χυτήρης, Λ., 2001. Οργανωσιακή Συμπεριφορά. Αθήνα: Interbooks.

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

Page 80: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 80 of 174

MODULE CODE:

GBCA109 MODULE TITLE:

Economics for Business II

CREDITS: 10 FHEQ Level: 4 JACS CODE: N/A

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) This module introduces students to the basic concepts of macroeconomic theory and its application on economic activity, At the same time, it provides a systematic introduction of how the macro economy operates. Students should also develop the ability to comprehend and discuss economic policies aimed at influencing macroeconomic indicators, such as economic growth, unemployment and inflation.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination)

50% C1 (Coursework)

50% P1 (Practical)

%

E2 (Clinical Examination)

% A1 (Generic Assessment)

%

T1 (Test) %

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: N/A

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

• To provide students with a firm grasp of the fundamental concepts of macroeconomic theory;

• To develop the students’ ability to apply theory on the analysis of real world economic events;

• To introduce students to the ‘basic building blocks’ of macro theory, such as national income accounting, fiscal and monetary policy, money creation and the nature of central bank activities; and

• To expose students to the trade-offs that the government faces in its attempts to improve the economy’s performance by adopting an alternative mix of policy instruments.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to: 1. Comprehend the working of the goods, labour and money markets and their interdependence in

determining the macroeconomic equilibrium. 2. Make use of the long and short-run time framework in macroeconomics and apply such

frameworks to the analysis of the adjustment of the macroeconomy to positive and negative shocks.

3. Interpret macroeconomic statistics. 4. Apply the theory of macroeconomics to the analysis of government policy.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2015 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE:

Click here to enter a

date. TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Page 81: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 81 of 174

Additional notes (for office use only):

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-2021 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: N/A

MODULE LEADER: Mr. Sotiris Konidis OTHER MODULE STAFF: Dr. Spyros Kostakis

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT The module will introduce students to macroeconomics, the concept of production in national income accounting, gross domestic product and other national income aggregates. The circular flow of income, injections and withdrawals, and equilibrium in the circular flow will be discussed. Furthermore, the goods market, the income expenditure model, savings and investment, the multiplier concept, the ‘paradox of thrift’) as well as the money market (nature and functions of money, money demand and supply, equilibrium in the money market) will be analysed. Other topics of interest will be the Phillips curve (inflation and unemployment trade off, inflation theory), the open economy (balance of payments, trade balance, exchange rate and exchange rate regimes), economic policy under different exchange rate regimes, and economic growth (issues and theories).

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 24 2-hour weekly lectures

Seminars 12 Further discussion on particular topics

Guided independent study 64 Preparation for scheduled sessions, wider reading or practice, and completion of assessment tasks.

Total 100 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

en

t N

am

e

Co

mp

on

en

t

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam

E1

Unseen written examination

100 %

Total = 100%

Assess Learning Outcomes 1-4

T %

Total = 100%

Coursework C1 Individual set exercise

100% Total =

100% Assess Learning Outcomes 1-3

Practical P %

Total = 100%

Page 82: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 82 of 174

Updated by:

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Approved by:

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Recommended Texts and Sources:

English Bibliography:

Basic textbook

− Baumol, W.J. and Blinder, A.S., 2009. Macroeconomics: Principles and policy (13th ed.). Stamford, CT: Cengage Learning.

Recommended books

− Sloman, J. and Wride, A., 2012. Economics (8th ed.). Harlow: Pearson Education Limited.

− Begg, D., Fischer, S. and Dornbusch, R., 2005. Economics. Berkshire: McGraw Hill.

− Mankiw, N.G., 2014. Principles of economics (5th ed.). Stamford, CT: Cengage Learning.

Greek Bibliography

Basic textbook

− Baumol, W. J. and Blinder, A., 2012. Μακροοικονομική αρχές και πολιτική. Αθήνα: Εκδόσεις Π.Χ. Πασχαλίδης.

Recommended books

− Abel, A.B. and Bernake, B.S., 2002. Μακροοικονομική. Αθήνα: Εκδόσεις Κριτική.

− Begg, D., Fisher, S. and Dornbush, R., 2006. Εισαγωγή στην οικονομική. Αθήνα: Εκδόσεις Κριτική.

− Ferguson, K., 2004. Βασικές αρχές οικονομικής θεωρίας. Αθήνα: Εκδόσεις Κριτική.

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE:

GBCA128 MODULE TITLE:

Chinese I

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 4 JACS CODE:

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) This module is designed for beginners with no previous knowledge of Chinese. Students will learn to interact in a simple way about everyday needs and communicate using spoken and simple written language in a very narrow social or working environment.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination)

40% C1 (Coursework)

40% P1 (Practical)

20%

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

Page 83: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 83 of 174

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Delete and insert

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: This module will:

• develop a communicative competence in the foreign language at a very basic level,

• enable students to sustain general conversations with speakers of the language about simple and familiar topics and

• enable them to communicate using spoken language and simple written language in a very narrow social or working environment.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module, the learner will be expected to be able to:

1. Use the Chinese phonetic system with satisfactory pronunciation; 2. Understand and use the most commonly used Chinese characters; 3. Read for basic information; 4. Engage in conversations on topics of immediate need; 5. Apply basic grammar rules and basic vocabulary.

After completing this course successfully, students will have the language competence equivalent to level A1. This level reflects the student’s linguistic competence to use Chinese to satisfy immediate needs.

Based on the Common European Framework of reference for languages (CEFR -http://www.coe.int/t/dg4/linguistic/CADRE_EN.asp#TopOfPage)

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2015 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE:

Click here to enter a

date. TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Additional notes (for office use only): For delivering institution’s HE Operations or Academic Partnerships use if required

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-21 NATIONAL COST CENTRE:

MODULE LEADER: Mrs. Marina Pavlidou OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT During this module, students will be exposed to a variety of simple texts, reading comprehension tasks and speaking and listening practice at appropriate level. They will also be provided with a variety of written and oral exercises in order to apply basic grammar rules and previously acquired vocabulary.

Page 84: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 84 of 174

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 36 Contact time including presentations and video watching

Practical classes 36 Contact time including discussions, practice, language conversations, listening and reading tasks

Guided independent study 128 Private study including guided reading, follow-up work, further practice, completion of assessment tasks, revision

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

en

t N

am

e

Co

mp

on

en

t

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam

E1 A two hour unseen exam

100% Total= 100%

L.O.1, L.O.2, L.O.3,L.O.5

T

Coursework C1

Portfolio ( a collection of simple written tasks)

Total= 100%

L.O.2, L.O.5

Practical P1

2 Speaking Activities 50% 50%

Total = 100%

L.O.4, L.O.5

Updated by: Delete and insert (this should be updated on an annual basis)

Date: 01/06/2016

Approved by: Delete and insert (this should be updated on an annual basis

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Recommended Texts and Sources: Main Textbook:

Main Textbooks Download the following pdf file: https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BweiKxvAGmm7c1h5QU9ucnJRZ2s/view

Grammar Book

Download the following pdf file:

http://www.kinezika.info/pdf/ModernMandarinChineseGrammar_Textbook.pdf

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

Page 85: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 85 of 174

MODULE CODE:

GBCA130 MODULE TITLE:

Spanish I

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 4 JACS CODE:

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) This module is designed for beginners with no previous knowledge of Spanish. Students will learn to interact in a simple way about everyday needs and communicate using spoken and simple written language in a very narrow social or working environment.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination)

40% C1 (Coursework)

40% P1 (Practical)

20%

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Delete and insert

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: This module will:

• develop a communicative competence in the foreign language at a very basic level

• enable students to sustain general conversations with speakers of the language about simple and familiar topics and

• enable them to communicate using spoken language and simple written language in a very narrow social or working environment.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module, the learner will be expected to be able to:

1. Listen for basic information; 2. Engage in conversations on general and familiar topics; 3. Read for basic information; 4. Fill in forms and write very short texts using simple words and sentences; 5. Apply basic grammar rules and basic vocabulary.

After completing this course successfully, students will have the language competence equivalent to level A1. This level reflects the student’s linguistic competence to use Spanish to satisfy immediate needs.

Based on the Common European Framework of reference for languages (CEFR -

http://www.coe.int/t/dg4/linguistic/CADRE_EN.asp#TopOfPage)

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2015 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED Click here TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Page 86: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 86 of 174

CHANGE: to enter a date.

Additional notes (for office use only): For delivering institution’s HE Operations or Academic Partnerships use if required

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-21 NATIONAL COST CENTRE:

MODULE LEADER: Mrs. Christina Amargianou

OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT During this module, students will be exposed to a variety of simple texts, reading comprehension tasks and speaking and listening practice at appropriate level. They will also be provided with a variety of written and oral exercises in order to apply basic grammar rules and previously acquired vocabulary.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 36 Contact time including presentations and video watching

Practical classes 36 Contact time including discussions, practice, language conversations, listening and reading tasks

Guided independent study 128 Private study including guided reading, follow-up work, further practice, completion of assessment tasks, revision

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

en

t N

am

e

Co

mp

on

en

t

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam

E1

A two hour unseen exam

100%

Total= 100%

L.O.1, L.O.,3,L.O.4,L.O.5

T

Coursework C1

Portfolio ( a collection of simple written tasks)

Total= 100%

L.O.4,L.O.5

Practical P1

2 Speaking Activities 50% 50%

Total = 100%

L.O.1,L.O.2,L.O.5

Page 87: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 87 of 174

Updated by: Delete and insert (this should be updated on an annual basis)

Date: 01/06/2016

Approved by: Delete and insert (this should be updated on an annual basis

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Recommended Texts and Sources: Main Textbooks:

- Castro, F., Diaz, P., Rodero, I. and Sardinero, C., 2014. Nuevo Espanol En Marcha A1& A2.Madrid: SGEL

- Roya, R.A., Castro, A. C. and Gita, P. M., 2013. Student’s Basic Grammar for Spanish: Book A1 – B1.Revised and Expanded Edition. Madrid: Difusion.

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE

CODE: GBCA120

MODULE

TITLE: Media, Communications and Technology

CREDITS: 10 FHEQ Level: 4 JACS CODE: N/A

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters)

This module introduces students to the theory and practice of mass communication. It provides a

broad understanding of the role of mass media in contemporary societies. Special emphasis is

given on recent developments in digital communications, the evolution of new media and the

emergent new ways of addressing various audiences. The module also examines debates about

globalisation and global means of communication.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1

(Examination)

% C1

(Coursework)

100% P1

(Practical)

%

E2 (Clinical

Examination)

% A1 (Generic

Assessment)

%

T1 (Test) %

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: N/A

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

• To provide students with an understanding of the basic concepts of mass communication and

of the structure and function of contemporary media institutions;

• To enable students to distinguish between different types and modes of communication and to

understand their role in today’s global media environment through an introduction to the

Page 88: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 88 of 174

evolution of human communication and the history of mass media technologies and industries;

and

• To introduce students to key debates about media effects, culture and audiences.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below)

At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:

1. Identify key media industries and understand their role in contemporary societies.

2. Distinguish between different types of media and audiences from a global perspective.

3. Develop an understanding of the basic theoretical approaches to the study of communication.

4. Utilise new media technologies in order to communicate with target audiences.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2015 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED

CHANGE:

Click here

to enter a

date.

TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Additional notes (for office use only):

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-2021 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: N/A

MODULE LEADER: Mr. Yiannis Vogiatzis OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT

This module introduces students to the history and theory of human communication, while taking

into account recent developments in the field of digital and online communication. It presents key

events in the development of mass communication and media technologies, and analyses the

evolution of mediated communication in time and space. The module covers basic concepts about

the mass media, their role in society, their effects, their uses and abuses and their functions in our

everyday lives. It also focuses on media and cultural industries, the new media and the changing

media landscape, while explaining the ways media industries shape human communication and

social experience across borders and cultures. Special attention is given to the topics of content

and audience analysis, global media landscapes, digitization, media convergence, mediatisation,

representation, mediation and identity, advertising, fashion and lifestyle, consumer culture, citizen

journalism and social media communication. In addition, the module takes a special interest in

technological developments and digital, online, mobile, and other new forms of communication.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 24 2-hour weekly lectures

Seminars 12 Further discussion on particular topics

Guided independent study 64 Preparation for scheduled sessions, wider

Page 89: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 89 of 174

reading or practice, and completion of

assessment tasks.

Total 100 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits =

100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

e

nt

Na

me

Co

mp

on

e

nt

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

incl

ud

e

links

to

lea

rnin

g

ob

ject

ives

Written

exam

E_

%

Total =

100%

T_

%

Total =

100%

Coursework C1

Group project 100%

Total =

100%

Students will be also assessed

individually. Each team member should

produce a document which will

summarise his/her individual

contribution to the project.

Assess Learning Outcomes 1 - 4

Practical P_

100%

Total =

100%

Updated by:

Date:

Click

here to

enter a

date.

Approved by:

Date:

Click

here to

enter a

date.

Recommended Texts and Sources:

English Bibliography:

Basic textbook

− McQuail, D., 2010. McQuail’s Mass Communication Theory. 6th. ed. London-Thousand Oaks-

New Delhi: Sage.

Recommended books

− Albertazzi, D. and Cobley, P., 2009. The Media: An Introduction. 3rd ed. Boston: Pearson Education.

− Baran, S.J. and Davis, D.K., 2012. Mass Communication Theory: Foundations, Ferment, and Future.

6th. ed. Boston: Wadsworth.

− Baran, S.J., 2012. Introduction to Mass Communication: Media Literacy and Culture. 7th ed. New York:

Page 90: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 90 of 174

McGraw Hill.

− Branston, G., and Stafford, R., 2010. The media student’s book. 5th ed. New York: Routledge.

− Curran, J. and Morley, D. (eds.), 2006. Media and Cultural Theory. Abingdon, Oxon: Routledge.

− McPhail, T.L., 2006. Global Communication: Theories, Stakeholders, and Trends. 2nd. ed. Malden,

MA-Oxford: Blackwell.

− Sigismondi, P., 2011. The Digital Glocalization of Entertainment: New Paradigms in the 21st Century

Global Mediascape. New York-Dordrecht-Heidelberg-London: Springer.

− Stevenson, N., 2002. Understanding Media Cultures: Social Theory and Mass Communication. 2nd ed.

London-Thousand Oaks-New Delhi: Sage.

− Straubhaar, J., LaRose, R., Davenport, L., 2006. Understanding Media, Culture, and Technology. 7th

ed. Boston: Wadsworth.

− Strinati, D., 2009. An introduction to theories of popular culture, London: Routledge.

− Thussu, D.K. (ed.), 2007. Media on the Move: Global flow and contra-flow. New York: Routledge.

− Turow, J., 2009. Media Today: An Introduction to Mass Communication. 3rd ed. New York &

London: Routledge.

Greek Bibliography:

Basic textbook

− McQuail, D., 2003. Theory of mass communication for the 21st century. Μτφρ. Κ. Μεταξά.

Αθήνα: Καστανιώτη.

Recommended books

− Curran, J. και Gurevitch, M. (επιμ.), 2001. Μέσα Μαζικής Επικοινωνίας & Κοινωνία. Αθήνα:

Πατάκης.

− McQuail, D., 2001. Σύγχρονα μοντέλα επικοινωνίας: Για τη μελέτη της μαζικής επικοινωνίας.

Αθήνα: Καστανιώτη.

− Thompson, J. B., 1999. Νεωτερικότητα και μέσα επικοινωνίας. Μτφρ. Γ. Καραμπίνη, Ν. Σώκου.

Αθήνα: Παπαζήσης.

− Walker, J.A., 2010. Η τέχνη στην εποχή των μέσων μαζικής επικοινωνίας. Μτφρ. Χ.

Παπαβασιλείου, Π. Φυλακτάκη. Θεσσαλονίκη: University Studio Press.

− Δρογίδης, Δ.Α., 2009. Η επικοινωνία και ο Τύπος. Θεσσαλονίκη: University Studio Press,

2009.

− Καστέλς, Μ., 2005. Ο Γαλαξίας του Διαδικτύου: Στοχασμοί για το Διαδίκτυο, τις Επιχειρήσεις

και την Κοινωνία. Αθήνα: Καστανιώτη.

− Λάις, Ο., Κλάιν, Σ., Τζάλυ, Σ., Μποτερίλ, Ζ. (επιμ.), 2008. Διαφήμιση και επικοινωνία: Η

κατανάλωση στην εποχή των μέσων επικοινωνίας. Μτφρ. Κ. Μεταξά. Αθήνα: Καστανιώτη.

− Μπόγκα - Καρτέρη, Κ., 2005. Επικοινωνία : Ανθρώπινη, επιχειρησιακή: Θεωρία και εφαρμογές.

Θεσσαλονίκη: University Studio Press.

− Νόττας, Β., 2009. Κοινωνία, επικοινωνία, εξουσία: από τον βωμό και τον άμβωνα στην οθόνη:

Page 91: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 91 of 174

Η περίοδος της προφορικότητας και οι επικοινωνητές της: Μια κοινωνιολογική προσέγγιση

στην ιστορία της επικοινωνίας και των μέσων. Αθήνα: Εκδόσεις Ι. Σιδέρης.

− Παπαθανασόπουλος, Σ. (επιμ.), 2011. Τα μέσα επικοινωνίας στον 21ο αιώνα. Αθήνα:

Καστανιώτη.

− Πασχαλίδης, Γ. και Χοντολίδου, Ε., 2005. Σημειωτική και πολιτισμός: Κουλτούρα, λογοτεχνία,

επικοινωνία. Θεσσαλονίκη: Επίκεντρο.

− Χαιρετάκης, Μ., 2010. ΜΜΕ, διαφήμιση και κατανάλωση. Θεσσαλονίκη: University Studio

Press.

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: GBCA101 MODULE TITLE: Business Finance

CREDITS: 10 FHEQ Level: 4 JACS CODE:

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None

COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) This module presents the fundamental concepts of business finance. A successful business manager must be equipped with all the tools and methods that will help him reach a sound investment and financing decision for his/her business. Topics of interest are covered from both a manager’s and an investor’s perspective.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) % C1 (Coursework)

100% P1 (Practical)

% or Pass/Fail (delete as appropriate)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

% A1 (Generic Assessment)

%

T1 (Test) %

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: N/A

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: This module aims to:

• Introduce students to the types of corporations and, the goals of a corporation from corporate and market point of view;

• Equip students with all the necessary financial management tools for investment decision making;

• Provide students with the necessary knowledge to understand and deal effectively with basic financial problems;

• Explain the basic concepts of financial markets.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to: 1. Clarify the economic and financial environment in which firms operate; 2. Apply basic time value methodology to general valuation and integrated cash flow applications; 3. Employ traditional evaluation techniques in order to solve basic financial problems; 4. Acquire the essentials of financial principles and terminology and the fundamental financial /

Page 92: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 92 of 174

mathematical tools for making financial decisions.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2015 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: Click here to enter a date.

TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Additional notes (for office use only): For delivering institution’s HE Operations or Academic Partnerships use if required

Page 93: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 93 of 174

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-2021 NATIONAL COST CENTRE:

MODULE LEADER: Mr. Panagiotis Hanjaras OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT This module introduces students to the types of corporations and corporate decisions, the goals of a corporation, financial markets and institutions. It separates investments into corporate projects and market investments. Furthermore, it explains risk and return in terms of realised/historical/expected and required return, realised/historical/expected risk, sources of risk and return, capital and dividend returns, risk sources, measuring the return, arithmetic and geometric mean, measuring the risk, desperation and general desperation measures, variance, covariance and standard deviation. It also introduces the basics of valuation techniques based on the concept of present value

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 24 2 hours contact per week

Guided independent study 64

Preparation for schedule sessions, wider reading or practice, completion of assessment tasks

Practical workshops 12 1 hour contact per week

Total 100 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

ent

Na

me

Co

mp

on

ent

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam E1

100% Total = 100%

T_ % Total = 100%

Coursework C1 Written assignment (set exercise)

100% Total = 100%

L.O.1, L.O.2, L.O.3, L.O.4.

Practical P_ % Total = 100%

Updated by:

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Approved by:

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Recommended Texts and Sources: Basic textbook

• Brigham, E.F., Ehrhardt ,M.C., 2010, Financial Management: Theory & Practice, Cengage Learning; 13th Edition.

Recommended textbooks

• Eiteman, D.K., Stonehill, A.I., Moffett, M. H., 2012, Multinational Business Finance (13th Edition)

Page 94: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 94 of 174

(Pearson Series in Finance), Prentice Hall;

• Keown, A.J., Martin, J.D., Petty, J.W., 2013, Foundations of Finance, Prentice Hall; 8th edition.

• Ross, S., Westerfield, R., Jordan,B., 2013, Essentials of Corporate Finance, 7 ed., McGraw-Hill, Irwin.

• Shim, J.K., Siegel, J.G., 2007, Schaum's Outline of Financial Management, Third Edition, McGraw-Hill.

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE:

GBCA209 MODULE TITLE:

Enterprise and Innovation

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 5 JACS CODE: N/A

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) This module introduces students to the concepts of enterprise, entrepreneurship, and intrapreneurship, as well as innovation and the role of creativity in the innovation process.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination)

50% C1 (Coursework)

50% P1 (Practical)

%

E2 (Clinical Examination)

% A1 (Generic Assessment)

%

T1 (Test) %

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked:

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

• To introduce students to the entrepreneurial process and build their creativity and insight into how entrepreneurs and intrapreneurs identify, evaluate and pursue opportunities;

• To provide a foundation for the study of entrepreneurship and innovation pathway modules.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to: 1. Explain alternative approaches to enterprise and entrepreneurship and analyse the

entrepreneurial process through which ideas are generated, evaluated and pursued. 2. Evaluate the impact of the market environment and organisational context on innovation and

enterprise. Exhibit an awareness of the role of creativity in the innovation process and the approaches through which creativity can be developed.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2016 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE:

Click here to enter a

date. TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Page 95: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 95 of 174

Additional notes (for office use only):

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-2021 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: N/A

MODULE LEADER: Dr. Anargyros Papadopoulos

OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Students will be firstly introduced to scholarly and popular views of entrepreneurs, entrepreneurship and intrapreneurship. Furthermore, they will review types of individuals that become entrepreneurs (are they born or made?). The module will focus on principle forms and sources of entrepreneurial and opportunity - the different ways through which opportunities are recognised, evaluated and developed into viable business ideas.

The second part of the curriculum discusses innovation and the role of creativity in thinking innovatively. Key topics of the module include invention, innovation and diffusion, process and product innovation, the life cycle approach, the economics of innovation, innovation and competitive advantage, protecting innovation, early mover advantage, impediments to imitation, and patents.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 36 3-hour weekly lectures

Seminars 12 Further discussion on particular topics

Guided independent study 152 Preparation for scheduled sessions, wider reading or practice, and completion of assessment tasks.

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

en

t N

am

e

Co

mp

on

en

t

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam

E1

Unseen written examination

100%

Total = 100%

Assess Learning Outcomes 1-3

T_ %

Total = 100%

Coursework C1

Group written assignment (report)

100%

Total = 100%

Students will be also assessed individually. Each team member should produce a document which will summarise his/her individual

Page 96: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 96 of 174

contribution to the assignment. Assess Learning Outcomes 1-3

Practical P_ %

Total = 100%

Updated by:

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Approved by:

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Recommended Texts and Sources: Basic textbooks

− Stokes D., Wilson N. and Mador M. (2010). Entrepreneurship, Andover: Cengage

− Goffin, K. and Mitchell, R. (2010) Innovation Management, 2nd Edition, Basingstoke:Palgrave,

Recommended books

− Aldrich, H.E. and Ruef, M. (2006). Organizations Evolving, 2nd Edition, London: Sage

− Bragg A. and Bragg M. (2005). Developing New Business Ideas, London: Prentice Hall

− Burns, P. (2010). Entrepreneurship and Small Business: Start-up, Growth and Maturity, 3rd Edition, Basingstoke: Palgrave McMillan

− Drucker, P., 1994. Innovation and entrepreneurship: Practice and principles. New York, NY: Harper Business.

− Drucker, P., 2002. The discipline of innovation. Harvard Business Review, 80, 95-104.

− Mullins J. (2012). The New Business Road Test: What entrepreneurs and executives should do before writing a business plan. 3rd Edition, London: Prentice Hall

− Osterwalder A. and Pigneur Y. (2010). Business Model Generation, Hoboken: John Wiley and Sons

− O'Sullivan, D. and Dooley, L. (2009) Applying Innovation , London: Sage

− Stokes D. and Wilson N. (2010). Small Business Management and Entrepreneurship, 6th Edition. Andover: Cengage

− Tidd, J. and Bessant, J. (2009) Managing Innovation: integrating technological, market and organizational change , 4 th Edition, Chichester: John Wiley and Sons.

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE:

GBCA227 MODULE TITLE:

Consumer Psychology and Buyer Behaviour

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 5 JACS CODE: N/A

PRE-REQUISITES: GBCA121 Principles of Marketing

CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) This module introduces students to an essential component of marketing i.e. consumer insight.

Page 97: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 97 of 174

Building on key concepts and theories of consumer behaviour, it brings an understanding of consumers’ implicit and explicit motives when undertaking purchase decisions. Furthermore, it provides the appropriate knowledge and tools to apply relevant theories to marketing practice and strategy.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination)

50% C1 (Coursework)

35% P1 (Practical)

15%

E2 (Clinical Examination)

% A1 (Generic Assessment)

%

T1 (Test) %

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: N/A

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

• To provide an understanding of the processes that lead to a consumer purchase decision;

• To examine various theories, models and concepts linked to consumer behaviour; and

• To apply consumer behaviour insight to marketing strategy and tactics.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to: 1. Comprehend and critically analyse the psychological processes that drive consumer purchase

behaviour. 2. Identify the internal and external influences that affect consumers in all stages of the consumer

decision-making process. 3. Employ the key tools used in consumer behaviour research. 4. Implement consumer behaviour principles to marketing strategies and tactics.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2016 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE:

Click here to enter a

date. TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Additional notes (for office use only):

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-2021 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: N/A

MODULE LEADER: Dr. Vasia Kontopoulou OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT This module introduces consumer behaviour as a key element of marketing theory and practice based on the contemporary consumer. It describes the consumer decision-making process and the various factors that affect each of the stages included in this process; an additional emphasis is given to information acquisition and processing, and the evaluation of products and services.

Page 98: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 98 of 174

The module also focuses on various factors that affect consumer behaviour such as perception (perception process, perceptual mapping, and the link between perception and marketing strategy), memory, involvement (determinants and consequences of involvement on marketing tactics and strategy, different levels of involvement and involvement measurement), attitudes (formulation, measurement and change), and personality, emotions and mood. An emphasis is also given to cultural influences and social influences in terms of group dynamics and opinion leadership. Furthermore, the module addresses consumer demographics and psychographics on the basis of segmentation, targeting and positioning strategies. Finally, it provides an insight into consumer behaviour qualitative and quantitative research methods.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 36 3-hour weekly lectures

Seminars 12 Further discussion on particular topics

Guided independent study 152 Preparation for scheduled sessions, wider reading or practice, and completion of assessment tasks.

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

en

t N

am

e

Co

mp

on

en

t

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam

E1 Unseen written examination

100% Total =

100% Assess Learning Outcomes 1-4

T_ %

Total = 100%

Coursework C1 Individual report 100%

Total = 100%

Assess Learning Outcomes 1-4

Practical P1

Individual presentation

100%

Total = 100%

Assess Learning Outcomes 1-4

Updated by:

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Approved by:

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Recommended Texts and Sources:: Basic textbook

− Solomon, M., 2013. Consumer behavior. 10th Edition. Harlow: Pearson Education Ltd. Recommended books

− Evans, M., Foxall, G. and Jamal, A., 2012. Consumer behaviour. Chichester: John Wiley &

Page 99: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 99 of 174

Sons Ltd.

− Hawkins, D.I. and Mothersbaugh, D.L., 2013. Consumer behavior: Building marketing strategy. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill/Irwin.

− O'Shaughnessy, J., 2012. Consumer behaviour: Perspectives, findings and explanations. London: Palgrave Macmillan.

− Schiffman, L. G., Kanuk, L. and Hansen, H., 2012. Consumer behaviour: A European outlook. 2nd Edition. Harlow: Pearson Education Ltd.

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE:

GBCA213 MODULE TITLE:

People Management

CREDITS: 10 FHEQ Level: 5 JACS CODE: N/A

PRE-REQUISITES: GBCA106 Management

CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) The module introduces students to the field of human resource management, placing equal emphasis on both the theory and practice of human resource management in contemporary organisations.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination)

% C1 (Coursework)

100% P1 (Practical)

%

E2 (Clinical Examination)

% A1 (Generic Assessment)

%

T1 (Test) %

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: N/A

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

• To familiarise students with key HRM functions including recruitment & selection, training and development, remuneration and reward, performance appraisal; and

• To emphasise the importance of ‘fit’ between the above functions and company strategy.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to: 1. Explain basic concepts of human resource management. 2. Evaluate and compare different HRM strategies across different organisational settings 3. Critically discuss the impact of the international environment on both domestic and

multinational companies, combining theory and practice

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2016 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE:

Click here to enter a

TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Page 100: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 100 of 174

date.

Additional notes (for office use only):

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-2021 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: N/A

MODULE LEADER: Dr. Stergiani Mourgkou OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT This module introduces students to human resource management and its fundamental principles and processes. It deals with HR strategies and operational practices, personnel planning and job analysis. It gives an insight into accessing employment opportunities and the recruitment and selection processes. Furthermore, the module describes employment relationships, training and development procedures, performance management and appraisal, compensation and benefits, employee relations and disciplinary procedures. All the above mentioned topics are discussed within diverse organisational settings and a global business environment. Finally, the role of the HR practitioner is defined.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 24 2-hour weekly lectures

Seminars 12 Further discussion on particular topics

Guided independent study 64 Preparation for scheduled sessions, wider reading or practice, and completion of assessment tasks.

Total 100 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

en

t N

am

e

Co

mp

on

en

t

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam

E_ 100%

Total = 100%

T_ %

Total = 100%

Coursework C1

Individual written assignment (Essay)

100%

Total = 100%

Assess Learning Outcomes 1-3

Practical P_ %

Total = 100%

Updated by: Date: Approved by: Date:

Page 101: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 101 of 174

Click here to enter a date.

Click here to enter a date.

Recommended Texts and Sources: English Bibliography: Basic Textbook

− Dessler G., 2013. Human Resource Management. 13th ed. London: Pearson/Prentice Hall.

Recommended books

− Beardwell, I., Holden, L., Claydon T., 2004. Human Resource Management. 4th ed. London: FT/Prentice-Hall.

− Beardwell, J. and Claydon, T., 2007. Human Resource Management: a contemporary approach. Harlow: Financial Times Prentice Hall. [eBook].

− Boxall, P. and Purcell, J., 2011. Strategy and Human Resource Management. 3rd ed. Basingstoke, Palgrave Macmillan.

− Boxall, P. Purcell, J. and Wright, P., 2007. The Oxford Handbook of Human Resource Management. Oxford, Oxford University Press.

− Jackson, S. and Schuler, R., 2003. Managing Human Resources through Strategic Partnerships. 8th ed. Thompson South-Western.

− Redman T. and Wilkinson A., 2006. Contemporary Human Resource Management: text and cases. Harlow: Financial Times Prentice Hall. [eBook]

− Storey, J., 2007. Human Resource Management: a critical text. 3rd ed. Thomson Learning.

− Torrington, D., Hall, L., Taylor, S., 2008. Human Resource Management. 7th ed. Harlow: Financial Times Prentice Hall.

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE:

GBCA215 MODULE TITLE:

Research Methods for Business

CREDITS: 10 FHEQ Level: 5 JACS CODE: N/A

PRE-REQUISITES: GBCA122 Quantitative Analysis

CO-REQUISITES: None

COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) This module introduces students to the process of conducting research in the social sciences, with specific emphasis given to both the quantitative and qualitative skills needed for investigation and experimentation in the business area. The module’s approach consists of problem definition, model development, data collection, model implementation using data, model validation, results analysis and managerial implications.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 % C1 100% P1 %

Page 102: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 102 of 174

(Examination) (Coursework) (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

% A1 (Generic Assessment)

%

T1 (Test) %

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: N/A

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

• To develop the participant’s knowledge on qualitative and mainly quantitative research methods and analysis;

• To provide the participants with a “working” knowledge of the concepts and methods of business research methods in order to have the ability to translate a management problem into a feasible research question; and

• To develop the participant’s ability to illustrate -by the use of statistical analysis- appropriate conclusions from research results.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to: 1. Comprehend where research problems originate from and how we can appropriately

differentiate between different research problems and contexts. 2. Understand a range of qualitative and quantitative techniques and methods available in

business research, including applicability and limitations. 3. Acquire data management and preparation skills, apply statistical methods to research

questions and analyse data with the aid of the appropriate software. 4. Evaluate and present a set of research findings required for strategic purposes.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2016 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE:

Click here to enter a

date. TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Additional notes (for office use only):

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-2021 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: N/A

MODULE LEADER: Mr. Elias Pavlou OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT This module deals with the business research process. In the first part of the module, students will elaborate on research design and data sources. Furthermore, they will focus on exploratory and descriptive research in terms of secondary data, interviews, focus group sessions, observation, case studies, , surveys, attitude measurement and questionnaire design. At this point, the module will also refer to causal research and experimentation and to sampling techniques. The second part of the module involves data analysis (data input and basic operations, confidence intervals and hypothesis testing, chi-square test, t-test, ANOVA, regression-and diagnostics-, correlation,

Page 103: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 103 of 174

non-parametric tests, Cronbach’s Alpha, Exploratory Factor Analysis-EFA&PCA-). In the final part of the module students will be taught how to produce reports that summarise research findings, and how to present these findings in a business context (with an emphasis on managerial conclusions that derive from research results).

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 24 2-hour weekly lectures

Practical classes and workshops 12 Laboratory sessions

Guided independent study 64 Preparation for scheduled sessions, wider reading or practice, and completion of assessment tasks.

Total 100 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

en

t N

am

e

Co

mp

on

en

t

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam

E_ %

Total = 100%

T_ %

Total = 100%

Coursework C1 Individual Research Project

100% Total =

100% Assess Learning Outcomes 1-4

Practical P_ %

Total = 100%

Updated by:

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Approved by:

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Recommended Texts and Sources: Basic textbooks

− Creswell, John W. (2012). Educational Research: Planning, Conducting, and Evaluating Quantitative and Qualitative Research (4th Edition). Upper Saddle River, NJ: Pearson Merrill Prentice Hall. ISBN-13: 978-0-13-67395-0

− Field, A., 2013. Discovering statistics using IBM SPSS statistics. 4th ed. Thousand Oaks, US: Sage Publications Ltd.

Recommended book

− Chisnall, P.M., 2004. Marketing research. 7th Ed. London: McGraw-Hill Higher Education.

− Neuman, W.L. (2011) Social Research Methods: Qualitative and Quantitative Approaches, 7/E, Pearson Education.

− Uma Sekaran & Bougie, R. (2012). Research Methods for Business. A Skill Building Approach. Forth Edition / John Wiley & Sons.

Page 104: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 104 of 174

− Burns, T. and Sinfield, S. (2012), Essential Study Skills: The Complete Guide to Success at University (SAGE Study Skills Series).

− Bryman, A, and Bell, E. (2011) Business Research Methods, Oxford UP, Oxford.

− Bryman, A. and Burgess, R. (1999) Analysing Qualitative Data Routledge, London.

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE:

GBCA206 MODULE TITLE:

Management and Cost Accounting

CREDITS: 10 FHEQ Level: 5 JACS CODE:

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) This module introduces the student to cost accounting information within organisations, while focusing on managers’ basic needs. Additionally, the module explains and applies basic cost accounting techniques and compares actual costs with standard costs.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination)

% C1 (Coursework)

100% P1 (Practical)

%

E2 (Clinical Examination)

% A1 (Generic Assessment)

%

T1 (Test) %

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: N/A

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: The module aims to:

• classify costs;

• develop the necessary knowledge and understanding of management accounting techniques;

• provide students with the necessary knowledge to perform cost management in planning, controlling and monitoring;

• explain the standard costing method, including the variance calculation and analysis;

• provide students with the necessary knowledge to reconcile the budget and the actual profits.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:

1. Interpret the nature, source and purpose of management information. 2. Apply cost accounting techniques. 3. Compare actual cost with standard cost and analyse any variances

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2016 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

Page 105: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 105 of 174

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE:

Click here to enter a

date. TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Additional notes (for office use only):

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2019 – 2020 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: N/A

MODULE LEADER: Mr. Andreas Stefanidis OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT The module analyses the nature, the source and the purpose of management information with an emphasis on the source of data and cost classification. It explains cost accounting techniques and highlights cost accounting methods (absorption and marginal cost, abc, target costing, life cycle costing). Finally, it deals with standard costing, including the variance calculation and analysis and the reconciliation of the budget and actual profit.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 24 2 hours contact per week

Guided independent study 64 Preparation for schedule sessions, wider reading or practice, completion of assessment tasks

Seminars and Practical workshops 12 1 hour contact per week

Total 100 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

en

t N

am

e

Co

mp

on

en

t

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam

E1 100%

Total = 100%

T_ %

Total = 100%

Coursework C1

Written assignment (Report/briefing)

Set Exercises

50%

50% Total =

100%

L.O.1, L.O.2, L.O.3 L.O.1, L.O.2, L.O.3

Practical P_ %

Total = 100%

Updated by: Date: Approved by: Date:

Page 106: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 106 of 174

Click here to enter a date.

Click here to enter a date.

Recommended Texts and Sources:

• Bhimani A. ,Horngren ,C., Datar, M. , Foster, G., 2012, Management and cost accounting, 5th ed., Prentice-Hall

Bibliography:

• Drury, C., 2012, Management and Cost Accounting, 8th ed., Cengage Learning

• Hilton, R., Maher, M.,. Selto, F., 2006, Cost Management: Strategies for Business Decisions, 4th ed., McGraw Hill/Irwin

• Hoque, Z., 2006, Strategic Management Accounting, 2th ed., Pearson

• Kaplan, R. and Atkinson , A., 1998, Advanced Management Accounting, 3th ed., Pearson

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE:

GBCA214 MODULE TITLE:

Project Management

CREDITS: 10 FHEQ Level: 5 JACS CODE: N/A

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) This module introduces students to specific managerial concepts and techniques useful in project management and prepares them on developing the capabilities required for effective project management. The module therefore includes both theoretical and practical approaches in managing efficiently people/teams, finance, time and quality within a project’s predefined framework.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination)

% C1 (Coursework)

100% P1 (Practical)

%

E2 (Clinical Examination)

% A1 (Generic Assessment)

%

T1 (Test) %

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: N/A

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

• To introduce students to the role of projects and project management in modern organisations;

• To enable students to develop those capabilities required for effective project management in terms of managing a project’s resources, time, budget, quality and scope/specifications;

• To introduce students to (a) project management concepts such as organisational structure, the role of the project manager, project teams, project office, and leadership (b) project processes

Page 107: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 107 of 174

of selection, planning, kick off, execution, control, and closing;

• To help students understand the relationship between projects and an organisation’s mission, objectives and goals; and

• To enable students to use project management tools and techniques efficiently.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to: 1. Discuss the role of projects and project management in contemporary enterprises; analyse how

projects and project management affect the various functions/processes of an organisation; Understand and apply project management fundamentals- purpose, concepts and conventions.

2. Discuss and analyse the importance of teams and team building, leadership and conflict; evaluate the role of the project manager in terms of leadership, control, skills and knowledge

3. Assess project feasibility, project selection and project plan completeness, procedures, and techniques; apply basic project management concepts to business situations, including the project life cycle.

4. Apply project management tools and techniques per project phase, including the use of computer software; control techniques over time, resource, scope and quality; apply efficient resources management; apply risk management, risk analysis and contingency planning.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2016 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE:

Click here to enter a

date. TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Additional notes (for office use only): For delivering institution’s HE Operations or Academic Partnerships use if required

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-2021 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: N/A

MODULE LEADER: Dr. Apostolos Lazaris OTHER MODULE STAFF:

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT The module firstly introduces students to project management concepts and terminology. Following, students will focus on the following topics: project management fundamentals (such as basics of project selection, project life cycle, basic project organisation, project team and characteristics of a successful project manager, planning techniques), conflict resolution, negotiation techniques, project budgeting, cost estimating, project scheduling fundamentals, resource levelling, monitoring, information systems basics, project control, risk management fundamentals, project auditing, termination techniques, international projects, the future of project management, modern project management within the Project Management Institute (PMI) and the PMBOK framework.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 24 2-hour weekly lectures

Seminars 12 Further discussion on particular topics

Guided independent study 64 Preparation for scheduled sessions, wider

Page 108: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 108 of 174

reading or practice, and completion of assessment tasks.

Total 100 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

en

t N

am

e

Co

mp

on

en

t

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam

E_ %

Total = 100%

T_ %

Total = 100%

Coursework C1

Group written assignment (report)

100%

Total = 100%

Assess Learning Outcomes 1 - 4

Practical P_ %

Total = 100%

Updated by:

Date: 01/06/2016

Approved by:

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Recommended Texts and Sources:

Basic Textbook

− Meredith, J. R. & Mantel, S. J., Jr., 2011. Project management: A managerial approach (8th ed.). New York: John Wiley & Sons.

Recommended books

− Andersen, E. S., 2008. Rethinking Project Management - An Organisational Perspective. Harlow: FT Prentice Hall.

− Bachelor, M., 2010. Project Management. New York, NY: HarperCollins Publishers

− Boynton, A. and Fischer, B., 2010. Virtuoso Teams: lessons from teams that changed their worlds. Harlow: Pearson Education Limited.

− Cadle, J. and Yeates, D., 2007. Project Management for Information Systems, Harlow: FT Prentice Hall.

− Fleming, Q.W. and Koppelman, J.M., 2012. Earned value project management. Newton Square, PA: Project Management Institute.

Page 109: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 109 of 174

− Gray, C.F., and Larson, W.E., 2010. Project Management: The managerial process. Toronto, ON: Irwin Professional Pub.

− Pinto, J.K., 2009. Project Management, Pearson Education Limited

− Project Management Institute, 2013. A guide to the project management body of knowledge (PMBOK® Guide), (5th ed.). Newtown Square, PA: Project Management Institute.

− Verzuh, E., 2008. The Fast Forward MBA in Project Management. Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons.

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE:

GBCA210 MODULE TITLE:

International Business

CREDITS: 10 FHEQ Level: 5 JACS CODE: N/A

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) This module provides a general framework towards the management of international business. The main aim of this module is to provide a solid understanding of the external, economy-wide factors and challenges that affect the performance and management of business in today’s global economy.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination)

100% C1 (Coursework)

% P1 (Practical)

%

E2 (Clinical Examination)

% A1 (Generic Assessment)

%

T1 (Test) %

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: N/A

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

• To provide a solid understanding of the complex environment in which international business takes place;

• To examine the political, economic, and cultural elements that affect international business as well as the threats and the challenges that emerge for a modern corporation from globalisation;

• To examine the main management functions that businesses use, in an international context; and

• To explore the determinants of national competitive advantage, the role of the government and trade regulations.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:

1. Critically analyse the complex environment in which an international enterprise operates. 2. Identify critical factors and challenges that a firm faces in a non-domestic operation. 3. Identify, explain, and analyse the elements that provide quality and knowledge to the

organisation and enhance its competitiveness within the global marketplace.

Page 110: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 110 of 174

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2016 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE:

Click here to enter a

date. TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Additional notes (for office use only):

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-2021 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: N/A

MODULE LEADER: Dr. Anargyros Papadopoulos

OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT This module introduces students to international business, globalisation and the global macro-environment. It refers to international trade theories, international business strategies, foreign direct investments, strategic alliances and mergers. It also outlines the basic management functions that apply to international business. Furthermore, the module illustrates the ways and means of creating and gaining competitive advantage in the competitive global marketplace. Finally, it provides a discussion of the role of the EU and its significance as a supranational instrument of governance.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 24 2-hour weekly lectures

Seminars 12 Further discussion on particular topics

Guided independent study 64 Preparation for scheduled sessions, wider reading or practice, and completion of assessment tasks.

Total 100 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

en

t N

am

e

Co

mp

on

en

t

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam

E1

Unseen written examination

100%

Total = 100%

Assess Learning Outcomes 1-3

T_ %

Total = 100%

Coursework C_ %

Total = 100%

Page 111: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 111 of 174

Practical P_ %

Total = 100%

Updated by:

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Approved by:

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Recommended Texts and Sources:

English Bibliography: Basic Textbook

− Griffin, R.W. and Pustay, M.W., 2012. International business: A managerial perspective (7th ed.). New York, NY: Pearson Prentice-Hall.

Recommended books

− Branine, M., 2011. Managing across cultures – Concepts, policies and practices. London: Sage.

− Rugman, A.M. and Collinson, S., 2012. International business, (6th ed.). New York, NY: Pearson Prentice Hall.

− Cullen, J. B., Parboteeah, K. P. 2010), International business – Strategy and the multinational company. Oxon: Routledge.

− Daniels, J.D., Radebaugh, L.H. and Sullivan, D.P., 2009. International business - Environments and operations, (13th ed.), New York, NY: Pearson Prentice Hall.

− Hill, C.W.L., 2005. International business: Competing in the global marketplace (6th ed.). New York, NY: McGraw-Hill.

− Johnson, D., and Turner, C., 2006. European business, (2nd ed.). Oxon: Routledge.

− Johnson, D. and Turner, C., 2010. International business – Themes and issues in the modern global economy, (2nd ed.). Oxon: Routledge.

− Mc Donald, F. and Burton, F., 2002. International business. London: Thomson Publishing.

− Mercado, S., Welford, R., Prescott, K., 2000. European business (4th ed.). New York, NY: Prentice Hall.

− Peng, M. and Meyer, K., 2011. International business. London: Cengage Learning.

− Sitkin, A. and Bowen, N., 2010. International business – Challenges and choices. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

− Shenker, O. and Luo, Y., 2008. International business, (2nd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

− Suder, G., 2007. Doing business in Europe. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

− Wild J.J., Wild, K.L., and Han, J.C.Y., 2006. International business-The challenges of globalisation (3rd ed.). New York, NY: Pearson Prentice Hall.

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE:

GBCA236 MODULE TITLE:

Chinese II

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 5 JACS CODE:

Page 112: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 112 of 174

PRE-REQUISITES: GBCA128 Chinese I, or approved qualification equivalent to level A1

CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) This module is designed for students whose previous qualification/experience is equivalent to level A1 (CEFR) or as a progression from Chinese I. This module aims to develop students’ competence to sustain conversations related to areas of most immediate relevance, to understand factual and routine information and to describe their experiences or other matters of personal interest in simple terms.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination)

40% C1 (Coursework)

40% P1 (Practical)

20%

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Delete and insert

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: This module will:

• develop a communicative competence in a foreign language at an elementary level,

• enable students to sustain general conversations with speakers of the language about simple and familiar topics and

• enable them to communicate using spoken language and simple written language in a narrow social or working environment.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module, the learner will be expected to be able to:

1. Listen for main points of clear standard speech; 2. Engage in conversations on topics they are familiar with or of personal interest; 3. Understand texts using high frequency everyday language; 4. Produce simple written statements on topics they are familiar with or of personal interest; 5. Apply grammar rules and vocabulary at appropriate level.

After completing this course successfully, students will have the language competence equivalent to level A2. This level reflects the student’s linguistic competence to use Chinese to handle common situations of everyday life under normal circumstances which require clear standard input. Students, through a variety of tasks and tests, must demonstrate that they have made a progress in producing new structures and vocabulary items in a meaningful context.

Based on the Common European Framework of reference for languages (CEFR -http://www.coe.int/t/dg4/linguistic/CADRE_EN.asp#TopOfPage

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2016 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED Click here TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Page 113: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 113 of 174

CHANGE: to enter a date.

Additional notes (for office use only): For delivering institution’s HE Operations or Academic Partnerships use if required

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-21 NATIONAL COST CENTRE:

MODULE LEADER: Mrs Marina Pavlidou OTHER MODULE STAFF:

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT During this module, students will be exposed to a variety of simple texts, reading comprehension tasks and speaking and listening practice at appropriate level. They will also be provided with a variety of written and oral exercises in order to apply basic grammar rules and previously acquired vocabulary.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 36 Contact time including presentations and video watching

Practical classes 36 Contact time including discussions, practice, language conversations, listening and reading tasks

Guided independent study 128 Private study including guided reading, follow-up work, further practice, completion of assessment tasks, revision

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

en

t N

am

e

Co

mp

on

en

t

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam

E1 A two hour unseen exam

100% Total= 100%

L.O.1, L.O.3,L.O.4,L.O.5

T

Coursework C1

Portfolio ( a collection of written tasks)

Total= 100%

L.O. 4,L.O.5

Practical P1

2 Speaking Activities 50% 50%

Total = 100%

L.O.2,L.O.5

Page 114: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 114 of 174

Updated by: Delete and insert (this should be updated on an annual basis)

Date: 01/06/2016

Approved by: Delete and insert (this should be updated on an annual basis

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Recommended Texts and Sources: Main Textbooks:

- Zhnag, G. X., Li, L. and Suen , L. K., 2011. Chinese in Steps, Vol 1. London: Sinolingua

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE:

GBCA238 MODULE TITLE:

Spanish II

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 5 JACS CODE:

PRE-REQUISITES: GBCA130 Spanish I, or approved qualification equivalent to level A1

CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) This module is designed for students whose previous qualification/experience is equivalent to level A1 (CEFR) or as a progression from Spanish I. This module aims to develop students’ competence to sustain conversations related to areas of most immediate relevance, to understand factual and routine information and to describe their experiences or other matters of personal interest in simple terms.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination)

40% C1 (Coursework)

40% P1 (Practical)

20%

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Delete and insert

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: This module will:

• develop a communicative competence in a foreign language at an elementary level,

• enable students to sustain general conversations with speakers of the language about simple and familiar topics and

• enable them to communicate using spoken language and simple written language in a narrow social or working environment.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below)

Page 115: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 115 of 174

At the end of the module, the learner will be expected to be able to: 1. Listen for main points of clear standard speech; 2. Engage in conversations on topics they are familiar with or of personal interest; 3. Understand texts using high frequency everyday language; 4. Produce simple written statements on topics they are familiar with or of personal interest; 5. Apply grammar rules and vocabulary at appropriate level.

After completing this course successfully, students will have the language competence equivalent to level A2. This level reflects the student’s linguistic competence to use Spanish to handle common situations of everyday life under normal circumstances which require clear standard input. Students, through a variety of tasks and tests, must demonstrate that they have made a progress in producing new structures and vocabulary items in a meaningful context.

Based on the Common European Framework of reference for languages (CEFR -http://www.coe.int/t/dg4/linguistic/CADRE_EN.asp#TopOfPage).

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2016 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE:

Click here to enter a

date. TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Additional notes (for office use only): For delivering institution’s HE Operations or Academic Partnerships use if required

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-2021 NATIONAL COST CENTRE:

MODULE LEADER: Mrs. Christina Amargianou

OTHER MODULE STAFF:

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT During this module, students will be exposed to a variety of simple texts, reading comprehension tasks and speaking and listening practice at appropriate level. They will also be provided with a variety of written and oral exercises in order to apply basic grammar rules and previously acquired vocabulary.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 36 Contact time including presentations and video watching

Practical classes 36 Contact time including discussions, practice, language conversations, listening and reading tasks

Guided independent study 128 Private study including guided reading, follow-up work, further practice, completion of assessment tasks, revision

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits =

Page 116: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 116 of 174

100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

en

t N

am

e

Co

mp

on

en

t

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam

E1 A two hour unseen exam

100% Total= 100%

L.O.1, L.O.3,L.O.4,L.O.5

T

Coursework C1

Portfolio ( a collection of written tasks)

Total= 100%

L.O.4,L.O.5

Practical P1

2 Speaking Activities 50% 50%

Total = 100%

L.O.2,L.O.5

Updated by: Delete and insert (this should be updated on an annual basis)

Date: 01/06/2016

Approved by: Delete and insert (this should be updated on an annual basis

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Recommended Texts and Sources: Main Textbooks:

- Castro, F., Diaz, P., Rodero, I. and Sardinero, C., 2014. Nuevo Espanol En Marcha A1& A2.Madrid: SGEL

- Roya, R.A., Castro, A. C. and Gita, P. M., 2013. Student’s Basic Grammar for Spanish: Book A1 – B1.Revised and Expanded Edition. Madrid: Difusion.

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE:

GBCA211 MODULE TITLE:

Management Information Systems

CREDITS: 10 FHEQ Level: 5 JACS CODE: N/A

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) This module introduces students to the use of information systems and information technology in order to transform organisations and gain competitive advantage.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination)

% C1 (Coursework)

100% P1 (Practical)

%

E2 (Clinical % A1 (Generic %

Page 117: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 117 of 174

Examination) Assessment)

T1 (Test) %

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: N/A

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

• To explore the development, implementation and effective management of information management systems within organisations;

• To familiarise students with the theoretical concepts that underpin the development of an

information technology infrastructure in the new economic era and its implementation in

organisations; and

• To develop practical skills associated with the planning process and shape student ability to formulate and implement strategic information systems plans in order to improve performance and/or gain competitive advantage.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to: 1. Assess the potential of information systems, information technology, as well as the internet and

mobile technologies, in transforming organisations.

2. Analyse the external technological environment and be competent in identifying threats posed

and/or opportunities offered by management information systems.

3. Evaluate, select, integrate and implement various types of management information systems.

4. Analyse how to organise and manage corporate data resources using information systems.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2016 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE:

Click here to enter a

date. TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Additional notes (for office use only):

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-2021 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: N/A

MODULE LEADER: Dr. Apostolos Lazaris OTHER MODULE STAFF:

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT The module firstly introduces information systems (introduction to information management, introduction to concepts of systems and organisations, strategic uses of information technology and outlines the computer systems resources that can be employed by a company (computer hardware & software, file and database management systems, communications and distributed Systems, and office automation). Following, the most common business application areas are reviewed (a manager’s view of information systems, enterprise resource planning systems, customer relationship management systems, knowledge management systems, decision support

Page 118: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 118 of 174

systems, expert systems). The next part of the module comprises the planning and development stages of an information system (information systems planning, systems analysis and design, systems implementation and maintenance, quality of information systems). Finally, the module illustrates the managerial aspect of implementing information systems (controlling information systems, managing information systems, security and ethical issues of information systems) and evolving to a “digital firm” as a whole (the internet and the new IT infrastructure, the new role of information systems, electronic business and electronic commerce).

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 24 2-hour weekly lectures

Practical classes and workshops 12 Laboratory sessions and workshops

Guided independent study 64 Preparation for scheduled sessions, wider reading or practice, and completion of assessment tasks.

Total 100 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

en

t N

am

e

Co

mp

on

en

t

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam

E_

%

Total = 100%

T_ %

Total = 100%

Coursework C1

Group written assignment (report)

100% Total =

100%

Students will be also assessed individually. Each team member should produce a document which will summarise his/her individual contribution to the assignment. Assess Learning Outcomes 1-4

Practical P_ %

Total = 100%

Updated by:

Date: 01/06/2016

Approved by:

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Recommended Texts and Sources:

Basic Textbook

− Laudon, K., and Laudon, J.P., 2016. Management information systems: Managing the digital

firm (14th ed.). New York, NY: Prentice Hall .

Recommended books

Page 119: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 119 of 174

− Gordon, S. and Gordon, R., 2004. Information systems: A management approach. Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons.

− Rainer, R.K. and Cegielski, C.G., 2012. Introduction to information systems (4th ed.). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons.

− Gillenson, L.M., 2012. Fundamentals of database management systems (2nd ed.). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons.

− Mathew, A., 2013. Fundamentals of IT., UK: Alpha Science Intl LTD.

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE:

GBCA204 MODULE TITLE:

Financial Markets and Instruments I

CREDITS: 10 FHEQ Level: 5 JACS CODE:

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) This module provides a thorough understanding of the money and capital markets along with the fundamental of the various products that are traded in these markets, such as bonds and stocks. Participants will acquire a rigid understanding of the modern portfolio theory that has set the foundations of the portfolio selection process. The relation between risk and return in the world of investments will be analysed in depth.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination)

100% C1 (Coursework)

P1 (Practical)

%

E2 (Clinical Examination)

% A1 (Generic Assessment)

%

T1 (Test) %

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: N/A

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: This module aims to:

• develop key concepts in modern financial markets;

• clarify the differences between money and capital markets and their distinctive position and role in the financial system;

• examine stocks and bonds extensively, with a special focus on their various methods of pricing;

• present the basic concepts of risk and return that are useful for building an efficient portfolio;

• analyse the baseline theory of Capital Asset Pricing Model (CAPM) along with is main empirical applications such as the beta coefficient and the discovery of undervalued/overvalued securities;

• analyse the extensions of the CAPM including multi-beta CAPM;

• familiarise students with the notion of market efficiency and its implications for the capital

Page 120: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 120 of 174

markets.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to: 1. Elaborate on the various methods of calculating the fair value of stocks and fixed income

securities; 2. Calculate and evaluate the risk and return of various investments; 3. Outline the basic principles of the portfolio selection process; 4. Identify the major sources of systematic risk across stock returns.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2016 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE:

Click here to enter a

date. TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Additional notes (for office use only): For delivering institution’s HE Operations or Academic Partnerships use if required

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-2021 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: N/A

MODULE LEADER: Dr. Evangelos Poutos OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT The module presents the Money and Capital Markets and deeply analyses the Fixed Income Securities, the stocks and their valuation. Additionally, it explains the Portfolio’s and Capital Market’s Theory and analyses the Market Efficiency Theory (CAPM and its extensions, and Arbitrage Pricing Theory). Great emphasis id given on the types of the available markets securities trade in the money and capital markets.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 24 2 hours contact per week

Guided independent study 64 Preparation for schedule sessions, wider reading or practice, completion of assessment tasks

Seminars and Practical workshops 12 1 hour contact per week

Total 100 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

en

t N

am

e

Co

mp

on

en

t

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam

E1 Written examination (3 hours unseen exam)

100% Total =

100%

L.O.1, L.O.2, L.O.3, L.O.4

Page 121: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 121 of 174

T %

Total = 100%

Coursework C1 %

Total = 100%

Practical P %

Total = 100%

Updated by:

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Approved by: Delete and insert (this should be updated on an annual basis

Date:

Recommended Texts and Sources: Basic textbook

• Elton, E.J., Gruber, M.J., Brown, S.J., Goetzmann, W.N., Latest edition, Modern Portfolio Theory and Investment Analysis, Wiley; 8th Edition.

Recommended textbooks

• Bodie, Z., Kane, A., Marcus , A., Investments , McGraw-Hill/Irwin; Latest edition.

• Fabozzi, F. J., Markowitz, H. M. , Latest edition,The Theory and Practice of Investment Management, Wiley

• Fabozzi, F. J., Drake, P. P., Latest edition, Finance: Capital Markets, Financial Management, and Investment Management, Wiley.

• Fabozzi,F. J., Fixed Income Securities, Wiley; Latest edition.

• Mishkin, F., The Economics of Money, Banking and Financial Markets, The Addison-Wesley series in economics, Latest edition.

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE

CODE: GBCA216

MODULE

TITLE: Web Design and Online Communication

CREDITS: 10 FHEQ Level: 5 JACS CODE: N/A

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters)

This module provides students with the basic understanding and skills for effective website

design. It provides a theoretical and practical framework for the planning and creation of an

integrated web presence and the successful use of digital technologies in order to effectively

communicate with heterogeneous audiences across cultures and borders.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1

(Examination)

% C1

(Coursework)

100% P1

(Practical)

%

Page 122: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 122 of 174

E2 (Clinical

Examination)

% A1 (Generic

Assessment)

%

T1 (Test) %

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: N/A

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

• To introduce students to the core concepts of online communication and especially the idea of

an integrated web presence, by focusing on crucial notions and theories, such as the online

dissemination of information, the construction of a web corporate identity and the navigation in

the changing environment of digital communications on a global scale; and

• To enable students to plan, design and create a website, focusing on the various aspects of

the communication process, the technological issues involved in web design and maintenance

and all other dimensions (visual, written, and strategic) that must be taken into account.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below)

At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:

1. Identify the principles and stages involved in planning, designing and constructing a website.

2. Employ basic design standards and skills required to create a website.

3. Utilise new online and multimedia technologies in order to reach selected target audiences.

4. Apply theories of communication to information structuring and layout design of a website.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2016 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED

CHANGE:

Click here

to enter a

date.

TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Additional notes (for office use only):

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-2021 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: N/A

MODULE LEADER: Mr. Yiannis Vogiatzis OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT

This module introduces students to the fundamentals of mass communication, the Internet, and

the distribution of information and content for the digital age. The theoretical approaches that are

explored include mass communication models, web media and content analysis, audience and

effects analysis and methods of communication for the Global Village and the Information Society.

It focuses on the creation of an online identity, the strategic planning of a website, the building of

online relations with customers, stakeholders and general audiences, the interactivity and

Page 123: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 123 of 174

accessibility of content, the encouragement of audience feedback, the various ways to reach and

interact with diverse target groups, the usage of web analytics and search engine optimization

techniques, the application of visual design principles and the utilization of multimedia tools. The

module also emphasises different technical aspects of website design, addressing issues such as

usability and architecture, interface design and site structure, navigation and layout, colours and

fonts, visual design and graphics, web content and keyword sophistication, interaction and

optimisation.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 12 1-hour weekly lectures

Practical classes and workshops 24 Laboratory sessions and workshops

Guided independent study 64

Preparation for scheduled sessions, wider

reading or practice, and completion of

assessment tasks.

Total 100 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits =

100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

e

nt

Na

me

Co

mp

on

e

nt

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

incl

ud

e

links

to

lea

rnin

g

ob

ject

ives

Written

exam

E_

%

Total =

100%

T_

%

Total =

100%

Coursework C1

Individual project 100%

Total =

100%

Assess Learning Outcomes 1-4

Practical P_

%

Total =

100%

Updated by:

Date:

Click

here to

enter a

date.

Approved by:

Date:

Click

here to

enter a

date.

Recommended Texts and Sources:

Basic textbook

− Straubhaar, J., LaRose, R., Davenport, L., 2013. Media Now: Understanding Media, Culture, and

Technology. 8th ed. Boston: Wadsworth.

Page 124: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 124 of 174

Recommended books

− Baran, S.J., 2012. Introduction to Mass Communication: Media Literacy and Culture. 7th ed. New York:

McGraw Hill.

− Beaird, J., 2007. The Principles of Beautiful Web Design. Collingwood, Australia: SitePoint.

− DiFeterici, G., 2012. The Web Designer’s Roadmap. Collingwood, Australia: SitePoint.

− Hunt, B., 2011. Convert! Designing Web Sites to Increase Traffic and Conversion. Indianapolis: Wiley.

− Kadlec, T., 2013. Implementing responsive design: Building sites for an anywhere, everywhere web.

Berkeley, CA: New Riders.

− Lynch, P.J. and Horton, S., 2009. Web Style Guide: Basic Design Principles for Creating Web Sites.

3rd ed. New Haven & London: Yale University Press.

− McNeil, P., 2014. Web Designer's Idea Book, Volume 4: Inspiration from the Best Web Design Trends,

Themes and Styles. Cincinnati, USA: HOW Books.

− McNeil, P., 2012. The Designer's Web Handbook: What You Need to Know to Create for the Web.

Cincinnati, USA: HOW Books.

− McPhail, T.L., 2006. Global Communication: Theories, Stakeholders, and Trends. 2nd. ed. Malden,

MA-Oxford: Blackwell.

− McQuail, D., 2010. McQuail’s Mass Communication Theory. 6th. ed. London-Thousand Oaks-New

Delhi: Sage.

− Miller, B.D., 2014. Above the Fold. Rev. ed. Cincinnati, USA: HOW Books.

− Redish, J., 2012. Letting Go of the Words: Writing Web Content that Works. 2nd. ed. Amsterdam:

Morgan Kaufmann.

− Robbins, J.N., 2012. Learning Web Design: A Beginner's Guide to HTML, CSS, JavaScript, and Web

Graphics. 4th ed. Sebastopol, Canada: O'Reilly Media.

− Turow, J., 2009. Media Today: An Introduction to Mass Communication. 3rd ed. New York & London:

Routledge.

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE:

GBCA212 MODULE TITLE:

Operations Management

CREDITS: 10 FHEQ Level: 5 JACS CODE: N/A

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) This module provides an introduction to the field of operations management, by highlighting the practical and applied techniques, which can improve an organisation’s quality and productivity. The module draws upon the participant’s knowledge of management, statistics and accounting. In addition it describes current trends, and introduces some important issues and developments in the field of operations management.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

Page 125: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 125 of 174

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination)

100% C1 (Coursework)

% P1 (Practical)

%

E2 (Clinical Examination)

% A1 (Generic Assessment)

%

T1 (Test) %

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: N/A

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

• The module aims to discuss a range of operation settings in order to explain the role of operations, and their interaction with the other activities of a firm (finance, marketing, organisation, corporate governance, etc.); and

• To appreciate the challenge, excitement and creativity associated with managing operations in order to analyse operations processes from various perspectives such as efficiency, responsiveness, quality and productivity.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:

1. Appreciate the production and operations management functions, as well as their importance to an organisation.

2. Comprehend various production and operations design decisions and how they relate to the overall strategies of an organisation.

3. Analyse quality management practices in organisations and how total quality management can facilitate organisational effectiveness.

4. Evaluate the relations among the various planning practices (e.g. capacity planning, aggregate planning, project planning and scheduling).

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2016 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE:

Click here to enter a

date. TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Additional notes (for office use only):

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-2021 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: N/A

MODULE LEADER: Mr. Kostas Panagopoulos

OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT This module describes operations in terms of productivity and performance and also refers to the operations’ strategy in a global environment. It also analyses forecasting techniques, quality management and statistical applications. The students should familiarise themselves with capacity management (expected value and revenue management), process strategies, location and layout

Page 126: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 126 of 174

strategies (simulations in operations). Moreover the module illustrates the importance of supply chain management in terms of inventory control, purchasing and transportation modes. Finally it refers to just in time and lean operations.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 24 2-hour weekly lectures

Seminars 12 Further discussion on particular topics

Guided independent study 64 Preparation for scheduled sessions, wider reading or practice, and completion of assessment tasks.

Total 100 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

en

t N

am

e

Co

mp

on

en

t

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam

E1 Unseen written examination

100% Total =

100% Assess Learning Outcomes 1-4

T_ %

Total = 100%

Coursework C_ %

Total = 100%

Practical P_ %

Total = 100%

Updated by:

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Approved by:

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Recommended Texts and Sources:

Basic Textbook

− Heizer, J. and Render, B., 2013, Operations management (11th ed.). Upper Saddle River, NJ: Pearson Prentice Hall.

Recommended books

− Russell, R. S., and Taylor. B., 2011. Operations management: Creating value along the supply chain. Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons.

− Slack, N., Brandon-Jones, A., and Johnston, R., 2012. Operations management. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Pearson Prentice Hall.

− Stevenson, W. J., 2011. Operations management: Theory & practice. New York, NY: McGraw- Hill.

Page 127: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 127 of 174

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE:

GBCA228 MODULE TITLE:

IMC and Branding

CREDITS: 10 FHEQ Level: 5 JACS CODE: N/A

PRE-REQUISITES: GBCA121 Principles of Marketing

CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) This module introduces students to marketing communication. It explores relevant theories and practices and analyses their role in developing and managing successful brands. It also provides knowledge on brand management and explores branding concepts, theories and practices and their role in developing and managing brand identity and equity. Furthermore, it links marketing communication to successful brand management.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination)

% C1 (Coursework)

100 % P1 (Practical)

%

E2 (Clinical Examination)

% A1 (Generic Assessment)

%

T1 (Test) %

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: N/A

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

• To develop knowledge of the key concepts relating to brand management; and

• To comprehend the role played by marketing communications in the building and maintenance of powerful brands.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:

1. Thoroughly comprehend and be able to analyse all components comprising the marketing communication mix.

2. Critically analyse ways of integrating key marketing communication components. 3. Analyse the theories and models associated with brand building and management. 4. Apply advertising and core marketing communication processes to develop and maintain

strong brands.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2016 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE:

Click here to enter a

date. TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Additional notes (for office use only):

Page 128: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 128 of 174

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-2021 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: N/A

MODULE LEADER: Mr. Wim Bleyenbergh OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT This module firstly introduces students to the concept of integrated marketing communications (IMC) and its role in the marketing process. Various elements of the communication mix are examined (e.g., direct marketing, internet marketing, sales promotion, public relations/publicity and personal selling, etc.). Furthermore, the module also focuses on communications planning and all the relevant parts included in the process (e.g., setting advertising communication objectives, selecting and evaluating a media mix, developing and monitoring an integrated marketing communication program among others). The second part of the module focuses on brand management and employing marketing communications to build successful brands. The students will explore the brand concept, as well as brand building and maintenance. They will also be taught how to select and use various marketing communication elements to build and maintain brands effectively in diverse contexts.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 24 2-hour weekly lectures

Seminars 12 Further discussion on particular topics

Guided independent study 64 Preparation for scheduled sessions, wider reading or practice, and completion of assessment tasks.

Total 100 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

en

t N

am

e

Co

mp

on

en

t

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam

E_ %

Total = 100%

T_ %

Total = 100%

Coursework C1

Group written assignment (report)

100%

Total = 100%

Students will be also assessed individually. Each team member should produce a document which will summarise his/her individual contribution to the assignment.

Assess Learning Outcomes 1 - 4

Practical P_ %

Total = 100%

Page 129: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 129 of 174

Updated by:

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Approved by:

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Recommended Texts and Sources: Basic textbook

− Belch, G. E. and Belch, M. A., 2014. Advertising and Promotion; An Integrated Marketing Communication Perspective 10th edition. New York: McGraw-Hill.

− Keller, K.L., Aperia, T., and Georgson, M., 2012. Strategic brand management: A European perspective. 2nd edition. Essex: Pearson Education Limited.

Recommended books

− Aaker, D.A., 1996. Building strong brands. New York, NY: Free Press.

− Alstiel, T. and Grow, J., 2010. Advertising creative: Strategy, copy + design 2nd Ed. Thousand Oaks: Sage.

− Kapferer, J., 2012. The new strategic brand management. 5th edition. London: Kogan Page.

− Keller, K.L., 2008. Strategic brand management: Building, measuring, and managing brand equity. Essex: Prentice Hall.

− Moriarty, S., Mitchell, N. and Wells, W., 2012. Advertising & IMC principles and practice 9th edition. Essex: Pearson.

− Pickton, D. and Broderick, A., 2005. Integrated marketing communications 2nd edition. Essex: Pearson.

− Rossiter, J. R. and Percy, L., 2002. Advertising communications and promotion management (Intl Ed.). New York: McGraw-Hill.

− Shimp, T. A., 2008. Advertising promotion and other aspects of marketing communications 8th Ed. Mason: South-Western College.

− Taylor Kavounas, A., 2013. Strategic thinking for advertising creatives. London: Laurence King Publishing.

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE:

GBCA203 MODULE TITLE:

Financial Management

CREDITS: 10 FHEQ Level: 5 JACS CODE:

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) The module introduces students to corporate financial management and deals with basic and advanced concepts of financial management and corporate finance. It analyses the investment decision process, the financing constrains and the implications of dividend decision making. Additionally, explains the finance of mergers and acquisitions from corporate and market perspectives. Finally, it focuses on long and short term financial management on firm’s assets.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

Page 130: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 130 of 174

E1 (Examination)

% C1 (Coursework)

100% P1 (Practical)

%

E2 (Clinical Examination)

% A1 (Generic Assessment)

%

T1 (Test) %

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: N/A

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: This module aims to:

• offer a thorough and deep understanding of project valuation techniques under certainty and uncertainty;

• identify the main corporate financial parameters;

• analyse and measure the cost of capital;

• settle with pay out decision making;

• recommend different sources and ways of financing;

• Extencivly explain the effective management of firms assets.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to: 1. Identify the main factors that affect the investment decisions made by a corporation; 2. Calculate and explain the cost of capital of a corporation; 3. Connect investment decisions with financing and dividend decisions; 4. Analyse the factors determining the market value of a corporation.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2016 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE:

Click here to enter a

date. TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Additional notes (for office use only): For delivering institution’s HE Operations or Academic Partnerships use if required

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-2021 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: N/A

MODULE LEADER: Dr. Evangelos Poutos OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT This module introduces students to current corporate finance theories and practises and explains the main factors that affect the investment decisions made by a corporation. Additionally, it connects investment decisions with financing and dividend decisions and calculates and explains the cost of capital of a corporation. Furthermore focuses on the working capital management, the long and short term assets management and on corporate restructuring. Additionally, it explains the finance of mergers and acquisitions from corporate and market perspectives. Finally, it analyses the factors determining the market value of a corporation and explores alternative ways

Page 131: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 131 of 174

of financing such as leasing, factoring and forfaiting.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 24 2 hours contact per week

Guided independent study 64

Preparation for schedule sessions, wider reading or practice, completion of assessment tasks

Practical workshops 12 1 hour contact per week

Total 100 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

en

t N

am

e

Co

mp

on

en

t

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam

E %

Total = 100%

T %

Total = 100%

Coursework C1 Written assignment (Report/Briefing)

100% Total =

100%

L.O.1, L.O.2, L.O.3, L.O.4

Practical P %

Total = 100%

Updated by:

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Approved by: Delete and insert (this should be updated on an annual basis

Date:

Recommended Texts and Sources: Basic textbook

• Brealey R., Myers, M., and Allen F., 2013, Principles of Corporate Finance, McGraw-Hill Recommended textbooks

• Arnold G., 2012, Corporate Financial Management, 5th edition, Harlow: FT Prentice Hall

• Bodie Z,. and Kane., 2013, Investments, McGraw – Hill, International edition

• McLaney E., 2011, Business Finance Theory and Practice, 9th edition, Harlow:FT Prentice Hall

• Pike R., and Neale B., 2012, Corporate Finance and Investment, 7h edition, Harlow: FT Prentice Hall

• Ross S., Westerfield R., JaffeJ., 2012 Corporate Finance, McGraw-Hill/Irwin

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

Page 132: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 132 of 174

MODULE CODE: GBCA319 MODULE TITLE: Strategic Management

CREDITS: 10 FHEQ Level: 6 JACS CODE: N/A

PRE-REQUISITES: GBCA106 Management, GBCA101 Business Finance GBCA213 People Management

CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) This module provides students the opportunity to operate systematically in a simulated complex corporate environment by sharpening their abilities to “think strategically,” to evaluate a company’s situation from a competitiveness and performance perspective, and to determine the actions need to be taken in light of all the relevant circumstances.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50% C1 (Coursework)

50% P1 (Practical)

%

E2 (Clinical Examination)

% A1 (Generic Assessment)

%

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: N/A

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

• To develop students’ capacity to think strategically about a company’s present business position, its long-term direction, its resources and competitive capabilities, the calibre of its present strategy, and its opportunities for gaining sustainable competitive advantage;

• To build students’ skills in conducting strategic analysis in a variety of industries and competitive situations;

• To provide students with hands-on experience in designing a business strategy, reasoning carefully about strategic options, using what-if analysis to evaluate action alternatives, and making sound strategic decisions;

• To acquaint students with the managerial tasks associated with implementing and executing company strategies, drill them in the range of actions managers can take to promote competent strategy execution; and

• To develop students’ competency of managerial judgment with respect to business risk, company values, and socially responsible management practices.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to: 1. Analyse an organisational situation using appropriate concepts, models and analytical techniques. 2. Identify and justify their choice of key strategic issues facing an organisation. 3. Creatively develop and rationally evaluate a range of strategic options to address strategic issues in a

particular organisational situation and consider strategy implementation issues. 4. Recognise and make valid inferences concerning the influences of individuals, groups and the

organisational context on the strategy process. 5. Contrast and compare schools of thought in the strategy literature and consider their utility in the light of

a particular organisational situation.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2017 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: Click here to TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Page 133: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 133 of 174

enter a date.

Additional notes (for office use only):

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-2021 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: N/A

MODULE LEADER: Mr. Sotirios Konidis OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT The content of this module includes an introduction to the theory and practice of contemporary strategic management. Concepts such as corporate vision, mission, objectives and long term corporate direction will be discussed in detail. Students will be exposed, and be expected to be able use appropriate models and analytical techniques, such as analysis of the macro environment, analysis of the competitive structure of industries as well as competitors, by using models such as the Five Forces Model, to effectively identify and justify key strategic issues that the organisation faces. It is expected that the students will develop the competency to objectively and proficiently conduct an internal environment analysis using appropriate techniques in order to identify the company’s resources, competitive capabilities, extent of effectiveness and efficiency of current strategic initiative and its opportunities for gaining sustainable competitive advantage. Competitive strategies will be discussed and students will be expected to use their judgement in order to choose the most appropriate strategic options, taking into consideration individual corporate conditions.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 24 2-hour weekly lectures Seminars 12 Further discussion on particular topics

Guided independent study 64 Preparation for scheduled sessions, wider reading or practice, and completion of assessment tasks.

Total 100 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

ent

Na

me

Co

mp

on

ent

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam E1

Open-book written examination

100%

Total = 100% Assess Learning Outcomes 1-4

T_ % Total = 100%

Coursework C1 Individual written assignment (report)

100% Total = 100%

Assess Learning Outcomes 1-4

Practical P_ % Total = 100%

Updated by:

Date: Click here to enter a

Approved by:

Date: Click here to enter a

Page 134: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 134 of 174

date. date.

Recommended Texts and Sources: Basic Textbook

− Thompson A., Peteraf, M., Gamble, J.E. and Strickland, A.J., 2013. Crafting and executing strategy: The quest for competitive advantage: Concepts and cases. New York, NY: Mc Graw- Hill.

Recommended books

− David, F.R., 2005. Strategic management: Concepts and cases (10th ed.). South Carolina: Pearson, Prentice Hall.

− DeWit, B. and Meyer, R., 2004. Strategy: Process, context, content. London: Thomson Learning. .

− Haberberg, A. and Rieple, A., 2001. The strategic management of organisations. Harlow: FT Prentice Hall.

− Johnson, G. and Scholes, K., 2012. Exploring corporate strategy. London: Financial Times/Prentice Hall.

− Lampel, J, Mintzberg, H., Quinn, J., and Ghoshal, S., 2013. The strategy process: Concepts, contexts, cases. London: Pearson Education.

− Lynch, R., 2006. Exploring corporate strategy. Harlow: FT Prentice Hall.

− McGee, J., Thomas, H. and Wilson, D., 2005. Strategy: Analysis and practice. Berkshire: McGraw Hill.

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: GBCA312 MODULE TITLE: Innovation and Business Modelling

CREDITS: 10 FHEQ Level: 6 JACS CODE: N/A

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) This module explores the range and diversity of existing perspectives regarding business models, as well as the analytical tools essential to their understanding. Students will analyse and evaluate existing business models and pursue a logical and internally consistent approach to the choice and/or development of an appropriate business model for a new enterprise.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) % C1 (Coursework)

100% P1 (Practical)

%

E2 (Clinical Examination)

% A1 (Generic Assessment)

%

T1 (Test) %

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: N/A

Page 135: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 135 of 174

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

• To appreciate that a business model is a logical and consistent representation of the design and

operation of a business;

• To recognise the interrelated set of elements that create, deliver and capture value (customer value

proposition, profit formula, key resources, & key processes); and

• To examine business model innovation and challenge accepted conventions in a given industry.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to: 1. Critically analyse the purpose, role and importance of business models, including their key elements and

the interactions and interdependencies among those elements.

2. Demonstrate the ability to analyse existing business models by utilising appropriate frameworks, tools

and techniques, evaluate their strengths and limitations, and make recommendations for improvement.

3. Evaluate, design, and recommend innovative business models for entrepreneurial new ventures or

businesses experiencing significant changes in their external environments.

4. Develop and present a business model in a coherent and logical manner.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2017 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: Click here to enter a date.

TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Additional notes (for office use only):

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-2021 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: N/A

MODULE LEADER: Dr. Fani Dima OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT This module introduces students to the definition of business models, as well as the tools and techniques that are required for business model analysis and creating a business model canvas. Furthermore, the customer value proposition, the profit formula, and the required resources and processes of a model (key elements) will be discussed in detail. Students will proceed into the creation and design of a new business model, attempting to think out of the box. It is expected that they will be able to propose a strategy that fits and aligns with their proposed new business, while, at the same, taking into consideration implementation aspects.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions] Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information Lectures 24 2-hour weekly lectures Seminars 12 Further discussion on particular topics

Guided independent study 64 Preparation for scheduled sessions, wider reading or practice, and completion of assessment tasks.

Total 100 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Page 136: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 136 of 174

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

ent

Na

me

Co

mp

on

ent

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

lea

rnin

g

ob

ject

ives

Written exam E_ Total = 100% T_ Total = 100%

Coursework C1

Group written assignment (case study analysis)

100% Total = 100%

Assess Learning Outcomes 1-4

Practical P_

% Total = 100%

Updated by:

Date:

Approved by:

Date:

Recommended Texts and Sources:

Basic textbook

− Afuah, A., 2018. Business model innovation: Concepts, analysis, and cases. Oxford: Routledge.

Recommended books

− Foss, N.J. and Saebi, T. eds., 2015. Business model innovation: The organizational dimension. OUP Oxford

− Johnson, M., 2010. Seizing the white space: Growth and renewal through business model innovation.

Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.

− Mullins, J. and R. Komisar., 2009. Getting to plan B: Breaking through to a better business model.

Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.

− Osterwalder. A., 2010. Business model generation: A handbook for visionaries, game changers, and

challengers. Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons.

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: GBCA318 MODULE TITLE: Startup Business Project

CREDITS: 10 FHEQ Level: 6 JACS CODE: N/A

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) This module offers students a classical along with a contemporary approach to the issues underlying the development of a startup business. It also pinpoints all managerial functions that allow for a successful startup and long-term operation of a business.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) % C1 (Coursework)

60% P1 (Practical)

40%

E2 (Clinical Examination)

% A1 (Generic Assessment)

%

T1 (Test) %

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: N/A

Page 137: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 137 of 174

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

• To offer the knowledge on how to launch a new venture and translate ideas to a successful business plan; and

• To develop an understanding of how all managerial functions (leadership, marketing, finance, etc.) align to ensure a healthy startup and the continuing operation of an enterprise.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to: 5. Implement an entrepreneurial idea by formulating an innovative business startup plan. 6. Critically examine all managerial functions that can lead to the success or failure of an enterprise.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2017 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: Click here to enter a date.

TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Additional notes (for office use only):

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-2021 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: N/A

MODULE LEADER: Dr. Fani Dima OTHER MODULE STAFF:

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT

The first part of the module involves all the stages of business development (needs, barriers and the business plan). Students will participate in a discussion on whether it is always essential for new ventures to plan, and will debate the idea that planning may not always be favourable. The module will also focus on possibilities for growth and expansion in new ventures (possible stages of business growth and what growth can mean) - discussion of whether it is still possible for small businesses to achieve high growth. Finally, the concept of the lean startup will be addressed. The second part of this module involves producing a plan for a startup business. Overall, the module will offer a managerial and hands-on perspective on successfully operating and developing a new enterprise.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Page 138: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 138 of 174

Lectures 12 1-hour weekly lectures Tutorials 24 Meetings on particular topics/projects

Guided independent study 64 Preparation for scheduled sessions, wider reading or practice, and completion of assessment tasks.

Total 100 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

ent

Na

me

Co

mp

on

ent

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam

E_ % Total = 100%

T_ % Total = 100%

Coursework C1

Group project

(business plan)

100%

Total = 100%

Students will be also assessed individually based on a self-reflective essay on teamwork experience (professional behaviours, ethical decision-making, etc.). This essay should be submitted individually, after the group submission and presentation of the business plan. Assess Learning Outcomes 1 & 2

Practical P1

Individual presentation

(elevator pitch)

Group presentation

(business plan)

25%75%

Total = 100%

Assess Learning Outcomes 1 & 2Students will be also assessed on their individual presentation skills. Assess Learning Outcomes 1 & 2

Updated by: Date:

Approved by:

Date:

Recommended Texts and Sources: Basic textbook

− Wickham, P., 2001. Strategic entrepreneurship. 2nd Edition. Harlow: FT Prentice Hall.

− Hisrich, R., Peters, M. and Shepherd, D., 2012. Entrepreneurship (9th Edition). Irwin: McGraw Hill. Recommended books

− Deakins, D., 1999. Entrepreneurship and small firms. 2nd Edition. London: McGraw Hill.

− Drucker, P., 1994. Innovation and entrepreneurship: Practice and principles. New York, NY: Harper Business.

− Drucker, P., 2002. The discipline of innovation. Harvard Business Review, 80, 95-104.

− Wickham, P., 2001. Strategic entrepreneurship. 2nd Edition. Harlow: FT Prentice Hall.

− King, N., and Anderson, N., 2001. Managing innovation and change: A critical guide for organizations. London: Thomson.

− Osterwalder A., and Pigneur Y., 2010. Business model generation: A handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers. Hoboken, NJ: Wiley & Sons Inc.

− Pavitt, K. and Tidd, J., 2009. Innovation management. Basingstoke: Palgrave.

− Rae, D., 2007. Entrepreneurship – from opportunity to action. New York, NY: Palgrave Macmillan.

− Ries, E., 2011. The lean startup: How today's entrepreneurs use continuous innovation to create radically successful businesses. New York, NY: Crown Publishing Group.

− Tidd, J., Bessant, J. and Pavitt, K., 2013. Managing innovation – integrating technological, market and organizational change. 5th Edition. New York, NY: John Wiley & Sons.

Page 139: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 139 of 174

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: GBCA317 MODULE TITLE: Startup Business Financing

CREDITS: 10 FHEQ Level: 6 JACS CODE: N/A

PRE-REQUISITES: GBCA203 Financial Management

CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) In this difficult financing environment, new ventures need to look to any and all sources of capital that will allow them to create value. Hence, this module examines the financing options that a company has at its startup phase. Students are introduced to entrepreneurial finance and explore various areas such as revenue and expense forecasting, fund sourcing, and determining the value of a business.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) % C1 (Coursework)

100% P1 (Practical)

%

E2 (Clinical Examination)

% A1 (Generic Assessment)

%

T1 (Test) %

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: N/A

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

• To introduce the process of financing a startup business, from estimating expenses and revenues, to finding and assessing alternative sources of funding, and finalising contracts that are appealing to both the entrepreneur and the investor.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to: 6. Exhibit an understanding of entrepreneurial finance. 7. Build financial forecasts that will allow for the estimation of a firm’s cash flow needs. 8. Critically evaluate diverse sources of funding. 9. Appraise contracts in terms of their structure and appeal for both the entrepreneur and the investor.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2017 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: Click here to enter a date.

TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Additional notes (for office use only):

Page 140: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 140 of 174

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-2021 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: N/A

MODULE LEADER: Mr. Andreas Stefanidis OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Students will be firstly introduced to new venture financing and differentiate between entrepreneurial finance and traditional finance. The second part of this module deals with building a financial forecast, from setting financial goals and understanding financial statements, to revenue and expense forecasting. The third part of this module introduces students to the various sources of financing. Students will examine the process, as well as the advantages and disadvantages of both internal (e.g. self-financing, bootstrapping, etc.) and external (e.g. angel funding, crowdfunding, etc.) sources of financing. The fourth part of this module involves “contract” evaluation, diligence, and structuring. Specifically, students will elaborate on structuring agreements the properly align the incentives between the entrepreneur and investors. Finally, they will be taught how to determine the value of a business and plan for exit.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 24 2-hour weekly lectures Seminars 12 Further discussion on particular topics

Guided independent study 64 Preparation for scheduled sessions, wider reading or practice, and completion of assessment tasks.

Total 100 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

ent

Na

me

Co

mp

on

ent

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam

E_ % Total = 100%

T_ % Total = 100%

Coursework C1 Individual written assignment (report)

100% Total = 100%

Assess Learning Outcomes 1-4

Practical P_ % Total = 100%

Updated by:

Date:

Approved by:

Date:

Page 141: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 141 of 174

Recommended Texts and Sources: Basic textbook

− Adelman, P.J. and Marks, A.M., 2013. Entrepreneurial finance (6th ed.). Upper Saddle River, NJ:

Prentice Hall.

Recommended books

− Feld, B. and Mendelson, J., 2013. Venture deals (2nd ed.). New York, NY: John Wiley & Sons.

− Klonowski, D., 2016. Strategic entrepreneurial finance: From value creation to realization. Oxford:

Routledge.

− Levin, J.S., 2009. Structuring venture capital, private equity, and entrepreneurial transactions. Aspen

Publishers.

− Metrick, A. and Ayako, Y., 2010. Venture capital and the finance of innovation. New York, NY: John

Wiley & Sons.

− Smith, R. L., 2011. Entrepreneurial finance: Strategy, valuation, and deal structure. Stanford, CA:

Stanford University Press.

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: GBCA310 MODULE TITLE: Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility

CREDITS: 10 FHEQ Level: 6 JACS CODE: N/A

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) This module provides students with knowledge and an understanding of the basic concepts involved with business ethics and corporate social responsibility.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 100% C1 (Coursework)

% P1 (Practical)

%

E2 (Clinical Examination)

% A1 (Generic Assessment)

%

T1 (Test) %

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: N/A

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

• To introduce students to the concepts of business ethics;

• To demonstrate the benefits and challenges of applying ethical practices in a wide variety of organisational formats;

• To explore how organisations approach moral decision-making; and

• To review corporate social responsibility practices and their importance within contemporary organisations.

Page 142: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 142 of 174

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to: 1. Critically analyse the importance of business ethics and corporate social responsibility. 2. Apply business ethics in different management practices. 3. Evaluate and assess ethical decision-making in different organisational settings. 4. Integrate corporate social responsibility within an organisation’s broader business strategy.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2017 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: Click here to enter a date.

TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Additional notes (for office use only):

Page 143: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 143 of 174

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-2021 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: N/A

MODULE LEADER: Mr. Kostas Stasinopoulos OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT This module firstly introduces students to business ethics and the concept of corporate social responsibility. It deals with ethical theories in an organisational setting, social contract theories, and virtue ethics and the moral community. Furthermore, it describes the development of ethical corporate behavior and ethical leadership, as well as ethical decision-making in a business context. The module continues with the exploration of CSR by covering topics which vary from the evolution of CSR and trends from around the globe, to implementing CSR and employing CSR as a catalyst for change. Finally, ethical practices in various managerial functions are reviewed (e.g. marketing, finance, human resource management, information technology, environmental ethics, corruption and ethics, gender ethics, sexual harassment).

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 24 2-hour weekly lectures Seminars 12 Further discussion on particular topics

Guided independent study 64 Preparation for scheduled sessions, wider reading or practice, and completion of assessment tasks.

Total 100 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

ent

Na

me

Co

mp

on

ent

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam E1

Unseen written examination

100%

Total = 100% Assess Learning Outcomes 1-4

T_ % Total = 100%

Coursework C_ %

Total = 100%

Practical P_ % Total = 100%

Updated by:

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Approved by:

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Recommended Texts and Sources: Basic textbook

− Klikauer, T., 2010. Critical management ethics. Hampshire: Palgrave Macmillan. Recommended books

− Painter-Morland, M., 2008. Business ethics as practice. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

− Paliwal, M. (2007). Business ethics. New Delhi: New Age International Pvt Ltd Publishers.

− Harrison, M.R., 2005. An introduction to business and management ethics. Hampshire: Palgrave

Page 144: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 144 of 174

Macmillan.

− Velasquez, M.G., 2011. Business ethics: Concepts and cases (7th ed.). Harlow: Pearson Education Limited.

− Ferrell, O.C. and Fraedrich, J., 2014. Business ethics: Ethical decision making & cases (10th ed.). Stamford, CT: Cengage Learning.

− Visser, W., 2012. Corporate sustainability & responsibility: An introductory text on CSR theory & practice - past, present & future. London: Kaleidoscope Futures Ltd.

− Okpara, J. and Idowu, S.O., 2013. Corporate social responsibility: challenges, opportunities and strategies for 21st century leaders (CSR, sustainability, ethics & governance). Heidelberg: Springer.

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: GBCA311 MODULE TITLE: Contemporary Issues in Business Management

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 6 JACS CODE: N/A

PRE-REQUISITES: GBCA106 Management

CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) This module explores issues of interest, debate and concern from a wide range of areas related to business management. Students will have considerable discretion to select topics from their area of preference, as well as the opportunity to draw on knowledge and competencies from all levels of their degree.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) % C1 (Coursework)

80% P1 (Practical)

20%

E2 (Clinical Examination)

% A1 (Generic Assessment)

%

T1 (Test) %

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: N/A

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

• To explore a range of contemporary issues related to business management, both from a theoretical and a practical perspective;

• To provide students with a toolkit of concepts in order to support their process of critical exploration; and

• To help students question received wisdom about management and to prompt them towards applying a more nuanced and reflective approach pertaining to the current trends in management.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to: 10. Critically analyse, evaluate and apply management principles and techniques within the context of

a contemporary issue. 11. Articulate a critique to received wisdom of contemporary management theory and application. 12. Exhibit the capacity to reflect upon and evaluate current management practices.

Page 145: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 145 of 174

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2017 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: Click here to enter a date.

TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Additional notes (for office use only):

Page 146: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 146 of 174

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-2021 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: N/A

MODULE LEADER: Mr. Sotirios Konidis OTHER MODULE STAFF:

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT This module will involve a wide variety of contemporary issues in business management , such as:

- Globalisation and the business environment. - Technological trends in e-marketing and new/digital media; advances in e-commerce - Developments in consumer rights and protection. - The concept of “green marketing”, sustainability, and corporate social responsibility. - Business ecosystems. - The study of the human factor (psychology) in business research.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 12 1-hour weekly lectures

Project supervision 36 Meetings with a supervisor to discuss a particular piece of work

Guided independent study 152 Preparation for scheduled sessions, wider reading or practice, and completion of assessment tasks.

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

ent

Na

me

Co

mp

on

ent

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam E_

% Total = 100%

T_ % Total = 100%

Coursework C1 Individual project 100% Total = 100%

Assess Learning Outcomes 1-3

Practical P1 Individual project presentation

100% Total = 100%

Assess Learning Outcomes 1-3

Updated by:

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Approved by:

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Recommended Texts and Sources:

There will be no core textbook for this module. Indicative readings include:

Academic Journals:

AMJ: Academy of Management Journal

AMP: Academy of Management Perspectives AMR: Academy of Management Review

Page 147: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 147 of 174

ASQ: Administrative Science Quarterly

CMR: American Economic Review

HBR: Harvard Business review

JM: Journal of Marketing

JAR: Journal of Advertising Research

JPBM: Journal of Product and Brand Management

EJM: European Journal of Marketing

JAMS: Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science

Magazines:

Business Week

Forbes

The New York Times

Business Insider

Fortune Magazine

Marketing Week

Adweek

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: GBCA315 MODULE TITLE: New Product and Service Development

CREDITS: 10 FHEQ Level: 6 JACS CODE: N/A

PRE-REQUISITES: GBCA227 Consumer Psychology and Buyer Behaviour GBCA214 Project Management

CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) This module introduces students to the process, methods and tools of designing, developing and releasing successful new products and services.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) % C1 (Coursework)

100% P1 (Practical)

%

E2 (Clinical Examination)

% A1 (Generic Assessment)

%

T1 (Test) %

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: N/A

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

• To offer students the knowledge and skill-set required to create new products and services;

• To sharpen creativity in order to form novel solutions that meet consumers’ complex needs; and

• To illustrates the task coordination that is required to build a new product or service.

Page 148: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 148 of 174

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to: 13. Critically analyse consumer needs and indentify market opportunities. 14. Exhibit creativity in generating new concepts for products and services that meet consumer needs. 15. Plan and manage all aspects of the design and development process of a new product or service.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2017 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: Click here to enter a date.

TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Additional notes (for office use only):

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-2021 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: N/A

MODULE LEADER: Mrs. Xenia Katikaridi OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Overall, the content of this module can be divided to three broader areas: opportunity identification, design and development of a new concept, and new product/service launch and market entry. After an introduction on the importance of generating new and innovative products and services, students will examine the process through which opportunities in the market are discovered and identified (customer insight generation, combination of consumer and business needs, areas of opportunity, role of brand strategy & positioning etc.). As mentioned above, the second area of interest is designing and developing a new concept (product or service) in both B2C and B2B settings. Students will firstly discuss the process of idea generation and innovation, as well as creative thinking and brainstorming. Furthermore, they will analyse how ideas are filtered and evaluated in order to reach to the optimal choice. This stage also addresses concept development (product & positioning), product design and product testing. The last part of the module is preoccupied with delivering the new product/service to the market (from pricing and packaging decisions, to promotional aspects). Finally, the handling of new product development as an internal startup operation is discussed.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 24 2-hour weekly lectures

Seminars 12 Further discussion on particular topics

Guided independent study 64 Preparation for scheduled sessions, wider reading or practice, and completion of assessment tasks.

Total 100 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Page 149: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 149 of 174

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

ent

Na

me

Co

mp

on

ent

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam

E_ % Total = 100%

T_ % Total = 100%

Coursework C1

Group project 100%

Total = 100%

Students will be also assessed individually, based on their performance in a brief group presentation of their project. Assess Learning Outcomes 1-3

Practical P_ 100%

Total = 100%

Updated by:

Date:

Approved by:

Date:

Page 150: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 150 of 174

Recommended Texts and Sources: Basic textbook

− Crawford, M. and Di Benedetto, A., 2014. New products management (11th Ed.). New York, NY: McGraw-Hill/Irwin.

Recommended books

− Annacchino, M., 2003. New product development: From initial idea to project management. Oxford: Butterworth-Heinemann.

− Cagan, M., 2008. Inspired: How to create products customers love. California: SVPG Group.

− Denove, C. and Power, J., 2007. Satisfaction: How every great company listens to the voice of the customer. New York, NY: Penguin Group.

− Lafley, A.G. and Charan, R., 2008. The game-changer: How you can drive revenue and profit growth with innovation. New York, NY: Crown Business.

− Trott, P., 2011. Innovation management and new product development (5th ed.). Harlow: FT Prentice Hall.

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: GBCA316 MODULE TITLE: Social Entrepreneurship

CREDITS: 10 FHEQ Level: 6 JACS CODE: N/A

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) This module introduces the process of social innovation and social change. Students will examine opportunities and ideas that can offer solutions to social issues as well as the best practices involved in starting and growing successful mission-driven ventures.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) % C1 (Coursework)

100% P1 (Practical)

%

E2 (Clinical Examination)

% A1 (Generic Assessment)

%

T1 (Test) %

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: N/A

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

• To bring the concept and process of entrepreneurship into the social sector;

• To generally examine how to employ entrepreneurial competencies in response to social issues;

• To analyse the complexities of social and environmental challenges and how these challenges can lead to opportunities; and

• To envision and evaluate social change, and not only prepare a business plan on a social innovation.

Page 151: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 151 of 174

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to: 16. Critically analyse the concept of social entrepreneurship in the context of the global environment. 17. Examine models of social change that can lead to opportunity and the launch of a social venture. 18. Examine the process, challenges and rewards of creating and developing social ventures. 19. Assess traditional and non-traditional financing mechanisms that are employed by social

entrepreneurs.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2017 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: Click here to enter a date.

TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Additional notes (for office use only):

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-2021 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: N/A

MODULE LEADER: Dr. Fani Dima OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT This module begins by introducing the concept of social entrepreneurship and bridging the entrepreneurial mindset with social challenges. Students will then examine frameworks of social change with the purpose of identifying opportunities for social innovation. The second part of the module involves the process of successfully launching and managing a social venture. Issues such as leading, measuring social and financial impact, and funding will be addressed.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 24 2-hour weekly lectures Seminars 12 Further discussion on particular topics

Guided independent study 64 Preparation for scheduled sessions, wider reading or practice, and completion of assessment tasks.

Total 100 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

ent

Na

me

Co

mp

on

ent

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam E_ %

Total = 100%

T_ % Total = 100%

Page 152: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 152 of 174

Coursework C1

Individual written assignment – Case study analysis

100%

Total = 100% Assess Learning Outcomes 1 - 4

Practical P_

% Total = 100%

Updated by:

Date:

Approved by:

Date:

Recommended Texts and Sources: Basic textbook

− Brooks, A.C., 2008. Social entrepreneurship: A modern approach to social value creation (1st ed.). New York, NY: Prentice Hall.

Recommended books

− Crutchfield, L. and McLeod Grant, H., 2008. Forces for good: The six practices of high-impact nonprofits. San Fransisco, CA: Jossey-Bass.

− Dees, G., Emerson, J., and Economy, P., 2001. Enterprising nonprofits. A toolkit for social entrepreneurs. Danvers, MA: John Wiley & Sons.

− Gladwell, M., 2000. The tipping point. Boston, MA: Little Brown.

− Goldsmith, S., 2010. The power of social innovation: How civic entrepreneurs ignite community networks for good. San Fransisco, CA: Jossey-Bass.

− Michelini, L., 2012. Social innovation and new business models: Creating hared value in low-income markets. Heidelberg: Springer.

− Petrini, C., 2010. Terra madre: Forging a new global network of sustainable food communities. Bra: Chelsea Green.

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: GBCA355 MODULE TITLE: Chinese III

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 6 JACS CODE:

PRE-REQUISITES: GBCA 236 Chinese II or approved qualification equivalent to A2

CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) This module is aimed at students whose previous qualification/experience in the language is equivalent to A2 level (CEFR), or as a progression from Chinese II. This module aims to improve students’ competence so that they can exchange information and express simple opinions in discussions with native speakers, understand main ideas and produce texts on familiar and routine topics.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40% C1 40% P1 20%

Page 153: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 153 of 174

(Coursework) (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Delete and insert

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: This module is designed to:

• help students develop their ability to communicate in routine tasks and express simple opinions,

• understand main ideas and

• produce simple connected texts on familiar and routine topics.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module, the learner will be expected to be able to:

6. Listen for information on general and work-related topics; 7. Express viewpoints about familiar topics; 8. Read for information on general and work related topics; 9. Generate written statements communicating factual information or simple supporting opinions; 10. Apply grammar rules and vocabulary at appropriate level.

After completing this course successfully, students will have the language competence equivalent to level B1. This level reflects the student’s linguistic competence to understand the key points of clear standard input, to describe their experiences and briefly give their opinions and produce short texts on familiar topics. Students, through a variety of tasks and tests, must demonstrate that they have made a progress in producing complex structures and vocabulary items in a meaningful context.

Based on the Common European Framework of reference for languages (CEFR -http://www.coe.int/t/dg4/linguistic/CADRE_EN.asp#TopOfPage

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2017 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: Click here to enter a date.

TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Additional notes (for office use only):

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-21 NATIONAL COST CENTRE:

MODULE LEADER: Mrs Marina Pavlidou OTHER MODULE STAFF: To be announced

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT During this module, students will be exposed to a variety of simple texts, reading comprehension tasks and speaking and listening practice at appropriate level. They will also be provided with a variety of written and oral exercises in order to apply basic grammar rules and previously acquired vocabulary.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Page 154: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 154 of 174

Lectures 36 Contact time including presentations and video watching

Practical classes 36 Contact time including discussions, practice, language conversations, listening and reading tasks

Guided independent study 128 Private study including guided reading, follow-up work, further practice, completion of assessment tasks, revision

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

ent

Na

me

Co

mp

on

ent

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam E1

A two hour unseen exam

100% Total= 100%

L.O. 1, L.O. 3,L.O.4,L.O.5

T

Coursework C1

Portfolio( a collection of short essays)

Total= 100% L.O.4,L.O.5

Practical P1

2 Speaking Activities 50% 50%

Total = 100%

L.O.2,L.O.5

Updated by: Delete and insert (this should be updated on an annual basis)

Date: 01/06/2016

Approved by: Delete and insert (this should be updated on an annual basis

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Recommended Texts and Sources:

Main Textbook:

- Zhnag, G. X., Li, L. and Suen , L. K., 2013. Chinese in Steps, Vol 2. London: Sinolingua

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: GBCA357 MODULE TITLE: Spanish III

CREDITS: 20 FHEQ Level: 6 JACS CODE:

PRE-REQUISITES: GBCA238 Spanish II or approved qualification equivalent to A2

CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters)

Page 155: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 155 of 174

This module is aimed at students whose previous qualification/experience in the language is equivalent to A2 level (CEFR), or as a progression from Spanish II. This module aims to improve students’ competence so that they can exchange information and express simple opinions in discussions with native speakers, understand main ideas and produce texts on familiar and routine topics.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40% C1 (Coursework)

40% P1 (Practical)

20%

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: Delete and insert

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: This module is designed to:

• help students develop their ability to communicate in routine tasks and express simple opinions,

• understand main ideas and

• produce simple connected texts on familiar and routine topics.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module, the learner will be expected to be able to:

11. Listen for information on general and work-related topics; 12. Express viewpoints about familiar topics; 13. Read for information on general and work related topics; 14. Generate written statements communicating factual information or simple supporting opinions; 15. Apply grammar rules and vocabulary at appropriate level;

After completing this course successfully, students will have the language competence equivalent to level B1. This level reflects the student’s linguistic competence to understand the key points of clear standard input, to describe their experiences and briefly give their opinions and produce short texts on familiar topics. Students, through a variety of tasks and tests, must demonstrate that they have made a progress in producing complex structures and vocabulary items in a meaningful context.

Based on the Common European Framework of reference for languages (CEFR -http://www.coe.int/t/dg4/linguistic/CADRE_EN.asp#TopOfPage.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2017 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: Click here to enter a date.

TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Additional notes (for office use only):

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-21 NATIONAL COST CENTRE:

Page 156: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 156 of 174

MODULE LEADER: Mrs. Christina Amargianou OTHER MODULE STAFF:

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT During this module, students will be exposed to a variety of simple texts, reading comprehension tasks and speaking and listening practice at appropriate level. They will also be provided with a variety of written and oral exercises in order to apply basic grammar rules and previously acquired vocabulary.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 36 Contact time including presentations and video watching

Practical classes 36 Contact time including discussions, practice, language conversations, listening and reading tasks

Guided independent study 128 Private study including guided reading, follow-up work, further practice, completion of assessment tasks, revision

Total 200 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

ent

Na

me

Co

mp

on

ent

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam

E1 A two hour unseen exam

100% Total= 100%

L.O.1, L.O.3,L.O.4,L.O.5

T

Coursework C1

Portfolio (A collection of short essays)

Total= 100% L.O. 4,L.O.5

Practical P1

2 Speaking Activities 50% 50%

Total = 100%

L.O.2,L.O.5

Updated by: Delete and insert (this should be updated on an annual basis)

Date: 01/06/2016

Approved by: Delete and insert (this should be updated on an annual basis

Date: Click here to enter a date.

Recommended Texts and Sources: Main Textbooks:

- Roya, R.A., Castro, A. C. and Gita, P. M., 2013. Student’s Basic Grammar for Spanish: Book A1 – B1.Revised and Expanded Edition. Madrid: Difusion.

- Vindez, C., 2014. Nuevo Espanol en Marcha B2. Madrid: SGEL.

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: GBCA338 MODULE TITLE: Services Management

Page 157: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 157 of 174

CREDITS: 10 FHEQ Level: 6 JACS CODE: N/A

PRE-REQUISITES: GBCA012

Introduction to Marketing and

Communications

CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters)

This module provides knowledge on the challenges that organisations and professionals come across in creating and delivering high-quality services. The attraction, retention, and building of strong customer relationships through service quality are at the heart of the module content.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) % C1

(Coursework)

100% P1

(Practical)

%

E2 (Clinical

Examination)

% A1 (Generic

Assessment)

%

T1 (Test) %

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: N/A

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

• To provide students with knowledge on the services sector which now accounts for nearly three quarters

of the global economy; and

• To evaluate the important and growing role services management plays, in both customer and

organisational target markets.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below)

At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to:

1. Demonstrate an in-depth knowledge of the theory and research literature on services management.

2. Evaluate how customer relationship marketing (CRM), including retention strategies, creates an

environment that achieves excellence in customer service.

3. Critically assess the importance of staff development and organisational culture in delivering quality.

4. Create service quality measurements to build customer satisfaction and loyalty and evaluate the

effectiveness and efficiency of consumer service offerings.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

Page 158: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 158 of 174

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2017 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: Click here to

enter a date. TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Additional notes (for office use only):

Page 159: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 159 of 174

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-2021 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: N/A

MODULE LEADER: Mr. Panagiotis Karkatzoulis OTHER MODULE STAFF:

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT

Firstly, students are introduced to the role of services within the contemporary business environment. Secondly, the importance of consumer insight is analysed (what do customers expect, customer perceptions of services, listening to customers through research, customer-defined service building). A particular emphasis is given to building long-term customer relationships. The third part comprises service standards, physical evidence and the servicescape. The final part of the module illustrates the managerial and strategic aspect of services (employees’ roles in service delivery, management of demand and capacity, promotions and pricing strategies, positioning services in competitive markets, distributing services through physical and electronic channels, etc.).

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 24 2-hour weekly lectures

Seminars 12 Further discussion on particular topics

Guided independent study 64 Preparation for scheduled sessions, wider reading or

practice, and completion of assessment tasks.

Total 100 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100

hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

ent

Na

me

Co

mp

on

ent

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

incl

ud

e

links

to

lea

rnin

g

ob

ject

ives

Written exam

E_ %

Total = 100%

T_

%

Total = 100%

Coursework C1

Individual essay

[2000 words]

100%

Total = 100% Assess Learning Outcomes 1-4

Practical P_

%

Total = 100%

Page 160: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 160 of 174

Updated by:

Date:

Approved by:

Date:

Recommended Texts and Sources:

Basic textbook

− Lovelock, C. and Wirtz, J., 2007. Services marketing: People, technology, strategy, 6th Ed. Essex:

Pearson International Edition.

Recommended books

− Fisk, R. P., Grove, S. J. and John, J., 2007. Interactive services marketing. Boston, MA: Houghton

Mifflin Company.

− Zaltman, G., 2003. How customers think: Essential insights into the mind of the market. Watertown,

MA: Harvard Business School Press.

− Zeithaml, V.A., Bitner, M.J., Gremler, D.D., Mahaffey, T. and Hiltz, B., 2007. Services marketing:

Integrating customer focus across the firm. Canadian ed. Toronto, ON: McGraw-Hill Ryerson Limited.

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: GBCA313 MODULE TITLE: Managing Change

CREDITS: 10 FHEQ Level: 6 JACS CODE: N/A

PRE-REQUISITES: GBCA106 Management

CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) This module introduces students to a variety of situations in which strategic changes are necessary. Coping with change manifests itself as an additional element of organisational capability that leads to competiveness and success. Hence, students are expected to understand the challenges of managing change effectively and efficiently.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 100% C1 (Coursework)

% P1 (Practical)

%

E2 (Clinical Examination)

% A1 (Generic Assessment)

%

T1 (Test) %

Page 161: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 161 of 174

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: N/A

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

• To provide an understanding of the change management process;

• To present a framework for managing change; and

• To explore a range of practical techniques that can be used in dealing with change.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to: 7. Critically analyse the fundamental operations of managing change and the commonly made mistakes. 8. Integrate practical knowledge in a useful framework for a dynamic approach of managing change in

different situations of organisational change. 9. Assess how a manager is able to adapt and "survive" in organisational changes.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2017 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: Click here to enter a date.

TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Additional notes (for office use only):

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-21 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: N/A

MODULE LEADER: Dr. Anargyros Papadopoulos OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT The content of this module concentrates on the importance of organisational change, the need and the conditions that may require changes in organisations, as well as the contributing to organisational changes failure. It addresses the theoretical framework in change management in terms of issues, theories and practices. Furthermore, it examines the readiness for organisational change by focusing on the preparation of employees for change, as well as the factors that contribute to their resistance to change. Finally it examines strategies for an effective introduction and acceptance of change, the role of management and the selection of agents of change.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 24 2-hour weekly lectures Seminars 12 Further discussion on particular topics

Guided independent study 64 Preparation for scheduled sessions, wider reading or practice, and completion of assessment tasks.

Total 100 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Page 162: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 162 of 174

C

ate

go

ry

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

ent

Na

me

Co

mp

on

ent

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam E1

Unseen written examination

100%

Total = 100% Assess Learning Outcomes 1-3

T_ % Total = 100%

Coursework C_ % Total = 100%

Practical P_ % Total = 100%

Updated by:

Date:

Approved by:

Date:

Recommended Texts and Sources: English Bibliography: Basic Textbook

− Hayes, J., 2010. The theory and practice of change management. 3rd Edition. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan.

Recommended books

− Cannon, J.A. and McGee, R., 2008. Organisational development and change. CIPD toolkit. London: Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development.

− Hughes, M., 2006. Change management. London: McGraw Hill Professional.

− Hughes, M., 2010. Managing change: A critical perspective. 2nd Edition. London: Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development.

− Mills, J.H., Dye, K. and Mills, A.J., 2009. Understanding organizational change. Abingdon: Routledge.

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: GBCA314 MODULE TITLE: Negotiations

CREDITS: 10 FHEQ Level: 6 JACS CODE:

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) This module introduces the science and art of negotiation through a combination of pertinent theory along with analysis of cases and exercises. It follows a practical, skills-oriented approach that is supported by a theoretically interdisciplinary syllabus with concepts drawn from decision sciences, psychology, as well as game theory.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

Page 163: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 163 of 174

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) % C1 (Coursework)

% P1 (Practical)

100%

E2 (Clinical Examination)

% A1 (Generic Assessment)

%

T1 (Test) %

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: N/A

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

• To improve the ability of students in negotiating and also to provide them with an intellectual understanding of the negotiating process;

• To familiarise students with the core concepts of bargaining and, at the same time, help them apply these concepts in practical exercises and relevant cases;

• To equip students with potent negotiating tools and technique; and

• To develop one’s own personal negotiating style and to identify the challenges when negotiating so as, to build genuine confidence in one’s bargaining capability.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to: 1. Demonstrate a critical understanding of the core concepts related to negotiating. 2. Recognise and apply the core concepts of negotiation in analysing cases and when taking part in

simulation exercises. 3. Systematically work towards developing a personal negotiating style by integrating theory with self-

reflection and with feedback from practice.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2017 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: Click here to enter a date.

TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Additional notes (for office use only):

Page 164: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 164 of 174

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT

Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-2021 NATIONAL COST CENTRE:

MODULE LEADER: Mrs. Vicky Liouta OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT The module covers the core aspects of bargaining, including distributive bargaining, integrative bargaining, multi-person negotiations, multi-issue negotiations, and inter-group negotiations. Through hands-on case studies and exercises, all the phases of the negotiating process are analysed including pre-negotiation preparation, opening, exchanging of information, conflict resolution, and closing the deal. Analysis of BATNA is central along with presentation of ploys to beware of, persuasion tactics to employ and explanation of helpful concepts such as the winner’s curse. Cognitive biases, framing and anchoring are also presented along with single and repeated interaction in game-theoretic terms.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 24 2-hour weekly lectures Practical classes and workshops 12 Workshops

Guided independent study 64 Preparation for scheduled sessions, wider reading or practice, and completion of assessment tasks.

Total 100 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

ent

Na

me

Co

mp

on

ent

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam E_

% Total = 100%

T_ % Total = 100%

Coursework C_

100%

Total = 100%

Practical P1

Individual seminar participation and contribution (presentation and discussion of a specific topic)

Simulation – Role playing exercise (negotiation skills assessment)

50%

50%

Total = 100%

Assess Learning Outcomes 1 & 2 Assess Learning Outcomes 2 & 3

Updated by:

Date:

Approved by:

Date:

Page 165: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 165 of 174

Recommended Texts and Sources: Basic textbook

− Thompson, L., 2012. The mind and heart of the negotiator. Upper Saddle River: Pearson. Recommended books

− Lewicki, R.J., Saunders, D.M. and Minton, J.W., 2010. Essentials of negotiation. 3rd Edition. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill.

− Nikolopoulos, A., 2011. Negotiating strategically: One versus all. Houndmills: Palgrave MacMillan.

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: GBCA339 MODULE TITLE: Strategic Marketing Planning

CREDITS: 10 FHEQ Level: 6 JACS CODE: N/A

PRE-REQUISITES: GBCA106 Management, GBCA121 Principles of Marketing, GBCA227 Consumer Psychology and Buyer Behaviour

CO-REQUISITES: None

COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) This module introduces students to the formulation and implementation of marketing management strategies and plans in the competitive global business environment.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50% C1 (Coursework)

50% P1 (Practical)

%

E2 (Clinical Examination)

% A1 (Generic Assessment)

%

T1 (Test) %

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: N/A

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: • To improve and broaden the student's abilities to identify marketing problems and to develop reasoned

resolutions by understanding the relationship among the marketing decision variables (4ps); • To develop a systematic understanding of the strategic planning process; and • To demonstrate how ‘strategic marketing management’ contributes to organisational performance.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to: 20. Identify and analyse the underlying concepts and theoretical perspectives of strategic marketing

management problems. 21. Critically analyse the marketing strategies of organisations and assess how they contribute to

organisational performance.

Page 166: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 166 of 174

22. Assess the range of marketing strategies available to organisations in a range of environmental contexts.

23. Craft a strategic marketing plan for a given organisation.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2017 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: Click here to enter a date.

TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Additional notes (for office use only):

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-2021 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: N/A

MODULE LEADER: Dr. Sofia Batsila OTHER MODULE STAFF:

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT The module begins by introducing students to marketing management strategy. Following, the strategic marketing planning process is reviewed. Specifically, students will focus on discovering market opportunities (collecting and analysing marketing information, the external, internal, and customer environment), setting objectives and goals and developing marketing strategies (segmentation-targeting-positioning, product and pricing strategy, distribution and supply chain management, integrated marketing communications). Furthermore, the implementation and evaluation of plans is discussed.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 24 2-hour weekly lectures Seminars 12 Further discussion on particular topics

Guided independent study 64 Preparation for scheduled sessions, wider reading or practice, and completion of assessment tasks.

Total 100 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

ent

Na

me

Co

mp

on

ent

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam E1

Unseen written examination

100% Total = 100% Assess Learning Outcomes 1-3

T_ % Total = 100%

Coursework C1

Group written assignment (report)

100%

Total = 100%

Students will be also assessed individually, based on their performance in a brief group presentation of the report. Assess Learning Outcomes 3 & 4

Practical P_ % Total = 100%

Page 167: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 167 of 174

Updated by:

Date:

Approved by:

Date:

Recommended Texts and Sources:

Basic textbook

− Hooley, G., Piercy, N.F. and Nicoulaud, B., 2012. Marketing strategy and competitive positioning. London: FT Prentice-Hall.

Recommended books

− Ferrel, O.C. and Hartline, M., 2010. Marketing strategy. 5th Edition. Mason, OH: South-Western Cengage Learning.

− Hooley, G., Saunders, J, Piercy, N.F. and Nicoulaud, B., 2008. Marketing strategy and competitive positioning. 4th Edition. Harlow: FT Prentice-Hall.

− McDonald, M., 2011. Marketing plans: How to prepare them, how to use them. Chichester: John Wiley & Sons.

− Wilson, R.M.S. and Gilligan, C., 2005. Strategic marketing management planning, implementation & control. 3rd Edition. Burlington, MA: Elsevier Butterworth-Heinemann.

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: GBCA335 MODULE TITLE: Advertising: Creativity from Brief to Production

CREDITS: 10 FHEQ Level: 6 JACS CODE: N/A

PRE-REQUISITES: None CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) This module advances students’ understanding and basic technical skills on creating advertising material consistent with a company’s marketing and communications strategy. Students will thoroughly work on the interpretation of creative briefs, and will design and incorporate various elements that must be employed in order to maintain a consistent brand and corporate image.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) % C1 (Coursework)

70% P1 (Practical)

30%

E2 (Clinical Examination)

% A1 (Generic Assessment)

%

T1 (Test) %

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: N/A

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: • To provide students with insightful knowledge on the creative part of advertising; • To demonstrate the use of relevant visual and verbal techniques, as well as appropriate creative

Page 168: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 168 of 174

approaches in order to combine these techniques; and • To illustrate how advertising material is formulated in order to meet a client’s needs, after those have

been properly interpreted.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to: 24. Prepare an efficient creative brief that includes and fully describes all relevant sections (e.g., target

audience profile, objectives set, message strategy and creative directions among others). 25. Properly produce a visual design in accordance with the guidelines set established in the according

creative brief. 26. Formulate verbal messages and relevant promotional copies. 27. Employ theoretical and practical principles and guidelines on managing creativity within a

traditional/digital marketing and promotional communication context.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2017 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: Click here to enter a date.

TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Additional notes (for office use only):

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-2021 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: N/A

MODULE LEADER: Dr. Zoi Anagnostidou OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT The module begins by defining creativity and offering an overview of relevant theories and mastery models. Following, creative briefs are explored: structure and ways to manage with each of its sections. The module focuses on visual literacy principles and practices related to both traditional and digital marketing communication, as well as verbal message and copywriting formulation: relevant principles and approaches. Finally, creative evaluation techniques and relevant assessment of a creative brief’s effectiveness are discussed.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 24 2-hour weekly lectures Practical classes and workshops 12 Laboratory sessions and workshops

Guided independent study 64 Preparation for scheduled sessions, wider reading or practice, and completion of assessment tasks.

Total 100 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

ent

Na

me

Co

mp

on

ent

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam E_

% Total = 100%

T_ %

Page 169: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 169 of 174

Total = 100%

Coursework C1

Individual project

(advertising campaign development)

100%

Total = 100%

Assess Learning Outcomes 1-4

Practical P1

Individual presentation (advertising campaign development)

100%

Total = 100%

Assess Learning Outcomes 1-4

Updated by:

Date:

Approved by:

Date:

Recommended Texts and Sources: Main Textbook

− Taylor Kavounas, A., 2013. Strategic thinking for advertising creatives. London: Laurence King. Recommended Books

− Alstiel, T. and Grow, J., 2010. Advertising creative: Strategy, copy + design 2nd Ed. Thousand Oaks: Sage.

− Bergstrom, B. 2008. Essentials of visual communication. London: Laurence King.

− Bohm, D. 2004. On creativity 2nd Ed. Routledge. London: Routledge.

− Csikszentmihaly, M. 2013. Creativity: The psychology of discovery and invention. New York: Harper Perrenial.

− Ingledew J. 2011. The A-Z of visual ideas: How to solve any creative brief. London: Laurence King.

− Maslen, A. 2009. Write to sell The ultimate guide to great copywriting. Singapore: Marshall Cavendish.

− Marshall, L. and Meachem, L., 2010. How to use images. London: Laurence King.

− Shaw, M. 2012. Copywriting successful writing for design, advertising and marketing 2nd edition. London: Laurence King.

− Young, J. W. 2003. A technique for producing Ideas New edition. New York: McGraw Hill.

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: GBCA336 MODULE TITLE: Digital Marketing Tools

CREDITS: 10 FHEQ Level: 6 JACS CODE: N/A

PRE-REQUISITES: GBCA012 Principles of Accounting

CO-REQUISITES: None COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) This module develops students’ theoretical and practical knowledge on a range of digital tools and channels available to the modern marketer and justifies their suitability and scope within a broader marketing strategy.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

Page 170: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 170 of 174

E1 (Examination) % C1 (Coursework)

100% P1 (Practical)

%

E2 (Clinical Examination)

% A1 (Generic Assessment)

%

T1 (Test) %

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: N/A

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS:

• To provide students with the knowledge and skills to effectively explore the opportunities and challenges associated with the use of digital marketing tools and channels;

• To reveal current digital marketing trends; and

• To discuss a wide range of digital marketing platforms, including websites, social media presence and mobile marketing, both from a theoretical and a practical perspective.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to: 1. Critically analyse a range of established concepts, frameworks, models, and paradigms that apply to

digital environments. 2. Evaluate the importance of the various digital marketing tools and channels. 3. Develop well-defined implementation tactics in order to demonstrate how digital tools can be utilised

within a greater marketing plan.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2017 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: Click here to enter a date.

TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Additional notes (for office use only):

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-2021 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: N/A

MODULE LEADER: Mr. Yiannis Vogiatzis OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT Students will explore the use of various tools such as: search engine optimisation (SEO), pay per click advertising, digital display advertising, social media marketing and management, affiliate marketing, email marketing, Google adwords (custom filters, event tracking, e-commerce tracking over multiple domains, tagging campaigns). Moreover, the module will illustrate the role of mobile marketing (apps, games, building awareness, engagement retention, mobile optimisation strategies, landing pages, design features, content strategy) in the new marketing era. It will also cover subjects such as content marketing, web analytics, new & emerging channels, social platforms (Facebook, Twitter, YouTube, LinkedIn, Instagram, Pinterest, Foursquare, and blogs). Finally, the utilisation of the above-mentioned tools and channels within a broader marketing plan will be thoroughly discussed.

Page 171: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 171 of 174

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 24 2-hour weekly lectures Practical classes and workshops 12 Laboratory sessions and workshops Guided independent study 64 Preparation for scheduled sessions, wider reading or

practice, and completion of assessment tasks.

Total 100 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

ent

Na

me

Co

mp

on

ent

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam E_ %

Total = 100%

T_ % Total = 100%

Coursework C1 Individual portfolio 100% Total = 100%

Assess Learning Outcomes 1-3.

Practical P_ % Total = 100%

Updated by:

Date:

Approved by:

Date:

Recommended Texts and Sources: Basic Textbook

− Chaffey, D., Chadwick, F. E., Johnston, K. and Mayer, R., 2012. Digital marketing: Strategy, implementation & practice, 4th Edition. Essex: Pearson Education.

Recommended Books

− Blakeman, R., 2014. Non traditional media in marketing and advertising. Los Angeles: Sage.

− Breakenridge, D., 2012. Social media and public relations. New Jersey: Pearson Education.

− Chaffey, D., 2013. EMarketing excellence: Planning and optimizing your digital marketing. London: Routledge.

− Chaffey, D., Chadwick, F.E., Johnston, K. and Mayer, R., 2012. Digital marketing: Strategy, implementation & practice, 4th Edition. Essex: Pearson Education.

− Dirk, N., 2013. Mobile strategy: How your company can win by embracing mobile technologies. Indianapolis: IBM Press.

− Halloran, M. and Thies, C., 2012. The social media handbook for financial advisors. New Jersey: John Wiley & Sons Inc.

− Hopkins, J. and Turner, J., 2012. Go mobile: Location-based marketing, apps, mobile optimized ad campaigns, 2D codes and other mobile strategies to grow your business. New York, NY: Wiley & Sons.

− Kelly, N., 2013. How to measure social media. New Jersey: Pearson Education.

− Martin, C., 2013. Mobile Influence: The new power of the consumer. New York, NY: Palgrave Macmillan.

− Pasqua, R. and Elkin, N., 2012. Mobile marketing: An hour per day. Indianapolis: John Wiley & Sons.

− Rheingold, H., 2012. Net Smart. Massachusetts: MIT Press.

− Ryan, D. and Jones, C., 2012. Understanding digital marketing: Marketing strategies for engaging the digital generation, 2nd Edition. London: Kogan Page.

− Safko, L., 2010. The social media bible. New Jersey: John Wiley & Sons Inc.

− Smith, N. and Wollan, R., 2011. The social media management handbook. New Jersey: John Wiley

Page 172: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 172 of 174

& Sons.

− Tuten, T. and Solomon, M., 2013. Social media marketing. New Jersey: Prentice Hill.

− Wertime, K. and Fenwick, I., 2008. DigiMarketing: The essential guide to new media and digital marketing. Singapore: John Wiley & Sons.

− WSI, 2013. Digital minds: 12 things every business needs to know about digital marketing. Canada: Friesen Press.

SECTION A: DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD. Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code.

MODULE CODE: GBCA337 MODULE TITLE: International Marketing

CREDITS: 10 FHEQ Level: 6 JACS CODE: N/A

PRE-REQUISITES: GBCA106 Management GBCA121 Principles of Marketing, GBCA227 Consumer Psychology and Buyer Behaviour

CO-REQUISITES: None

COMPENSATABLE: Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR: (max 425 characters) This module explores the complexities of global marketing. Students will undertake lectures on the theory and practice of international marketing management.

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]

WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 100% C1 (Coursework)

% P1 (Practical)

%

E2 (Clinical Examination)

% A1 (Generic Assessment)

%

T1 (Test) %

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked: N/A

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement: N/A

MODULE AIMS: • To introduce students to basic concepts of international marketing; • To help students understand the complex nature of international marketing strategy and its linkages to

corporate strategy; • To develop analytical frameworks in the screening of national markets and explore ways measuring

potential market sizes; and • To evaluate the international business environment, stressing particularly the economic and cultural

dimensions.

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMES: (additional guidance below) At the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to: 28. Comprehend and be sensitive to cultural differences in an international marketing environment in

relation to the international marketing mix. 29. Reflect upon the changing international marketing environment. 30. Critically analyse the factors that need to be considered when taking international marketing

Page 173: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 173 of 174

decisions, particularly that of global integration. 31. Formulate an integrated international marketing plan for a given situation.

DATE OF APPROVAL: 06/2015 FACULTY/OFFICE: Academic Partnerships

DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION: 09/2017 SCHOOL/PARTNER: BCA

DATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE: Click here to enter a date.

TERM/SEMESTER: Autumn and Spring

Additional notes (for office use only):

SECTION B: DETAILS OF TEACHING, LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT Items in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate, in conjunction with the Module Review Process. Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students. Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes.

ACADEMIC YEAR: 2020-2021 NATIONAL COST CENTRE: N/A

MODULE LEADER: Dr. Zoi Anagnostidou OTHER MODULE STAFF: None

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENT The module begins by introducing students to international marketing and the global business environment (economic, political, and legal environment, social and cultural environment, etc.). Following, segmentation, targeting and positioning, as well as market entry strategies are reviewed within a global context. Furthermore, students will focus on applying international marketing strategies and tactics. Specifically, brand-product, pricing, distribution and communications decisions will be discussed. Finally, the module addresses the management of global marketing programmes.

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]

Scheduled Activities Hours Comments/Additional Information

Lectures 24 2-hour weekly lectures Seminars 12 Further discussion on particular topics

Guided independent study 64 Preparation for scheduled sessions, wider reading or practice, and completion of assessment tasks.

Total 100 (NB: 1 credit = 10 hours or learning; 10 credits = 100 hours, etc)

Ca

teg

ory

Elem

ent

Co

mp

on

ent

Na

me

Co

mp

on

ent

Wei

gh

tin

g

Co

mm

ents

in

clu

de

links

to

le

arn

ing

ob

ject

ives

Written exam

E1

Unseen written examination (pre-seen case study)

100%

Total = 100%

Assess Learning Outcomes 1-3

T_ % Total = 100%

Coursework C_ % Total = 100%

Practical P_ % Total = 100%

Updated by:

Date:

Approved by:

Date:

Page 174: ACADEMIC PARTNERSHIPS PROGRAMME QUALITY HANDBOOK … · 2020. 11. 18. · For the BSc(Hons) in Business Management, the programme will deliver: A1: Detailed knowledge on management

Academic Partnerships Programme Quality Handbook 2020-21 Page 174 of 174

Recommended Texts and Sources:

Basic Textbook:

− Keegan, W.J. and Green, M.C., 2012. Global marketing. 7th Global Edition. Harlow: Pearson Education Ltd.

Recommended Textbooks:

− Brady, D.L., 2011. Essentials of international marketing. Armonk, NY: M.E. Sharp, Inc.

− Czinkota, M. and Ronkainen, I., 2012. International marketing. 10th Edition. Independence, CU: Kengage Learnring.

− Kotabe, M. and Helsen, K., 2013. The SAGE handbook of international marketing. London: Sage Publications Ltd.

− Paliwoda, S. and Thomas, M., 2011. International marketing. New York, NY: Routledge.

− Terpstra, V., Foley, J. and Sarathy, R., 2011. International marketing. 10th Edition. Naperville, IL: Naper Press.

− Zou, S. and Fu, S., 2011. International marketing: Emerging markets. Bingley, WA: Emerald Group Publishing Ltd.